Home

Quantum DLT4500 User's Manual

1. Two possible results can occur The firmware update cartridge is unloaded this means a successful update On the DLT4000 drive the cartridge is unloaded from the drive and into the magazine slot from which it came If another cartridge is in the magazine that next cartridge loads into the drive The firmware update cartridge is NOT unloaded this means the update was unsuccessful The subsystem should still be usable but this depends on why the update failed Reasons for failure could be 1 Power failure 2 Bad image on the tape 3 Broken Flash EEPROMs 7 16 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 3 gives additional details Table 7 3 Results DLT4700 Code Update If Then The image is valid 1 The Flash EEPROM containing the current firmware is erased 2 The new image is programmed in The subsystem completes the update in about 2 minutes Then 1 The tape drive resets itself 2 POST takes place 3 The drive automatically unloads the tape cartridge containing the firmware image so you can remove the cartridge This shows a successful firmware update The tape is NOT a valid No update is attempted Write Protect and firmware update tape Tape In Use do not blink The tape contains a valid image The controller is probably unusable and but for some reason needs to be replaced The tape drive reprogramming of Flash memory resets itself and reruns POST
2. 5s Counter Value 6 2 Figure 8 28 Read Write Bytes Transferred LOG SENSE Page Format Parameter Control Byte e DU Disable Update This bit is always zero e DS Disable Save Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e TSD Target Save Disable Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e ETC Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page this bit is always a zero e TMC Threshold Met Criteria Always a zero e LP List Parameter This bit will always be set to zero as we treat the parameter codes as data counter Counter Value These parameter codes provide a count of the number of bytes transferred since the current tape cartridge was inserted or since the last time the counters were reset via a MODE SELECT command Parameter codes 02 and 03 report the counts of bytes transferred from the tape drive to the initiator Parameter code 02 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 03 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parameter 02 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 03 will give the actual total bytes transferred to the initiator 8 44 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Parameter codes 04 and 05 report the counts of bytes transferred from the tape to the buff
3. A report log exception condition RLEC bit of one specifies the target reports log exception conditions An RLEC bit of zero specifies the target is not reporting log exception conditions Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred This is the Control Mode Page The valid value for Page Code is 0Ah Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode Page that follow this byte The valid value for this byte is 06h RLEC The RLEC bit works with the READ WRITE Error Log Sense Page Refer to the previous section Read Write Error Log SENSE Page Format Page 2 and 3 under the TMC bit description 8 56 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface The RLEC bit indicates whether the DLT4000 drive should return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Unit Attention 6h when one of its write and read error counters of the log pages reaches a specified threshold as follows See LOG SELECT command section on how to change the threshold 0 Do not return Unit Attention when a threshold condition is met 1 Return Unit Attention when a threshold condition is met Queue Algorithm Modifier This field must be 0 QErr Queue Error This bit must be 0 DQue Disable Queuing This bit must be 0 EECA Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance The DLT4000 drive does not support extended contingent allegiance so this bit must be 0 RA
4. DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 1 Overview and Features of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Product changer device loader The mini library provides unattended backup of 280 GB in less than 24 hours or up to 91 GB in an 8 hour shift in a compressed mode The drive and mini libraries are available in a rack mountable form factor Also the DLT4000 drive DLT4500 mini library and DLT4700 mini library are available with either single ended or differential fast driver receivers 1 3 Fast Data Transfer Rate Used for unattended backups or archiving the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Subsystem allows you to back up a higher data capacity at a higher speed than earlier products The DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Subsystem when operating in a non compressed mode has a maximum transfer rate of 1 5 MB s When operating in the compressed mode the maximum transfer rate is 3 0 MB s write and over 2 5 MB s read 1 4 High Capacity The DLT4000 drive accepts the new DLTtape IV cartridge When this cartridge is used the amount of data you can store on the tape can be up to 20 0 GB native or 40 0 GB of data using the compression mode The actual amount of data stored in the compression mode is dependent on the data type Compression can be selected on the drive front panel or from the host by using the SCSI MODE SELECT command The DLT4000 drive accepts the DLTtape III cartridge When this cartridge is used the amount of data you can store o
5. eee eeeceeeseceneeeeceneeseneessaeesseeenseeene 8 139 8 89 Element Type Code Definitions sssessseessesrresrretsterrssrersrerereseresereserereres 8 139 8 90 Element Status Data Header 00 eee eeeeeseeceseeceeeeeseeceseecsseeceneeeesaeessaeers 8 140 8 91 Medium Transport Element Status Page eeeeeeseceseeeeseeeeseeeeseeesneers 8 141 8 92 Storage Element Status Page oe ee eeeeeeceesseeeceesaeeesessaeeeenseeeeeenee 8 142 8 93 Data Transfer Element Status Page eeeeeeeseecsseeceneeeeseeeeseeeesaeessaeers 8 143 A 1 Power Cordas aroe ntse a hte Acai tek see ek Anh Becket wee A 9 A 2 Mounting Hole Dimensions Top View s ccsescecsseceseeceseeeeseeeesneessaeers A 10 A 3 Mounting Hole Dimensions Side View cccssscceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeee A 11 D 1 EEROM Log Area Layout sneri grn E D 2 D 2 Bugcheck LOG Packet Layout 00 cee eeeecesesecesseecsneeceseeceseesesaeeesaeessaeesseeeees D 3 D 3 POST LOG Packet Layo tni asinis enie E ee meet eeetievt erste D 4 D 4 EVENT LOG Packet Layout erie o areata aaae rea aa aE ra iea D 5 D 5 Directory R W Error Event Log Layout 00 ees ceesceeeseeceseeeeeeeeesseeseeeseeeeeee D 6 D 6 Code Update CUP LOG Packet Layout eeseeeeeeeeresereeeresererrresrrrsrrrererere D 9 xx DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Contents List of Tables 22 Addin Sea Terminator ssori etoen e EE an dereenni EE e 2 8 2 2 POST Right Side Indicators 0 0 0 eee e
6. 4 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configure and Install the DLT4500 Mini Library This section describes how to configure and install the mini library including e Connecting the SCSI signal cable to the mini library 44 Location of Controls Switches and Connectors Figures 4 1 2 4 4 4 illustrate the front and rear panel layouts of the Magazine Door Display Operator Buttons Key Lock Figure 4 1 Front of the DLT4500 mini library DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Label Power Switch Power Connector Fan SCSI Connectors Figure 4 2 Mini Library Rear Panel Components 4 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 0 Shipping Screw e Locking Lever Figure 4 3 Loosening the Shipping Screw Under the Mini Library DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Figure 4 4 Rotate the Locking Lever Lift the locking lever on the front of the mini library Figure 4 4 to rotate the magazine locking mechanism This allows you to remove the magazine from the mini library 4 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 4 2 Configuration Guidelines The mini library is factory set to SCSI ID 5 unless otherwise specified The system
7. If you need to See section Disable parity checking 2 4 2 Change the SCSI ID 2 4 3 4 Connect the cables 2 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 2 4 Configure the DLT4000 Tabletop This section describes how to configure the DLT4000 tabletop drive including Topic Section Configuration Guidelines 2 4 1 Disable Parity Checking 2 4 2 Changing the SCSI ID 2 4 3 The DLT4000 tabletop drive is factory set to SCSI ID 5 unless otherwise specified The drive is factory set for parity generation and checking is enabled 2 4 1 Configuration Guidelines All systems use the SCSI ID to identify or address the DLT4000 tabletop drive Follow these guidelines when configuring the DLT4000 tabletop drive for use on your system If you are installing the DLT4000 as Then The only SCSI device on the bus or one of Be sure to use a SCSI ID that is multiple SCSI devices on the bus unique from any other device or system ID on the SCSI bus The last or only device on the SCSI bus You must terminate the bus by installing a terminator on the drive 2 4 2 Disable Parity Checking To disable parity see your service representative 2 4 3 Changing the SCSI ID Change the SCSI ID via the pushbutton switch on the rear of the drive Press the switch button s above or below the number display 0 7 to set the desired SCSI ID Press the top button to increase the number or
8. Serial Number Figure 8 8 Unit Serial Number page Serial Number The serial number is the serial number of the printed circuit card mounted on the bottom of the DLT4000 drive It can be found on the bar code label The serial number is returned in ASCII DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 23 DLT4000 SCSI Interface oo Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Byte 1 Page Code COh 2o Reserved U U UO Bo oo Pagelenghoon i O Figure 8 9 Firmware Build Information page VU The checksums are binary and are for positive Firmware and EEPROM identification Firmware Build Date is an ASCII string in the DD Mmm YYYY HH MM SS format 8 4 4 4 Media Loader Inquiry Response The DLT4000 controller generates INQUIRY Data on the Medium Changer LUN that is very similar to that of the tape drive LUN The key differences are e Peripheral Device Type is set to 8 for SCSI 2 Medium Changer e Product ID bytes are set to DLT4700 for a 7 cartridge loader 8 24 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 5 LOAD UNLOAD 1Bh Operation Code 1Bh Logical Unit Number Byte 2 Reserved Figure 8 10 LOAD UNLOAD CDB LOAD UNLOAD tells the target to load or unload the media in the tape cartridge If no cartridge is in the drive both LOAD and UNLOAD will return a CHECK CONDITION status with a NOT READY sense key set If the drive has received an UNLOAD command with the Imme
9. When to Use the Cleaning Tape Cartridge 4 2 4 3 4 5 4 6 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 1 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 2 Introduction to the Mini Library The mini library includes a DLT4000 tape drive a media loader and a 5 cartridge removable magazine The same SCSI target controller board controls the tape drive and the media loader If the controller detects the loader s presence when the system is turned on the loader is presented as a SCSI 2 medium changer device on LUN 1 If the user issues the SCSI 2 medium changer commands to the DLT4500 mini library e Random access is enabled to the media stored in the magazine slots e Sequential access is disabled to the media supported automatically in auto loading mode If the user does not issue the SCSI 2 medium changer commands the default mode of operation is sequential access to the media supported automatically in auto loading mode Auto loading is implemented as a side effect of the SCSI UNLOAD command as shown If Then An unload is After winding the tape back into the cartridge and specified moving the cartridge from the drive to the magazine slot from which it came the cartridge in the next slot is moved from the magazine into the drive and made ready The next slot is No cartridge is loaded into the drive empty or the cartridge unloaded was for the last slot in the magazine
10. 01 E e Figure 8 55 Medium Partition Page Format Maximum Additional Partitions No additional partitions are supported this field will be zero Additional Partitions Defined The field specifies the number of additional partitions to be defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Since only one partition is supported this field will be zero Option Flags FDP The Fixed Data Partitions bit will be zero SDP The Select Data Partitions bit will be zero IDP The Initiator Defined Partitions bit will be zero PSUM The Partition Size Unit of Measure field will be zero Medium Format Recognition This field is set to O1h indicating that automatic Format Recognition is supported 8 88 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 10 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh parameters that are settable through MODE SELECT EEROM vendor unique page are returned NOTE MODE SENSE 6 to retrieve EEROM parameters Because of the length of the EEROM parameter a 10 byte MODE SENSE command is required to retrieve the parameters If a 6 byte MODE SENSE command is used to Send a 10 byte MODE SENSE command to get the Parameter List The data returned by the 10 byte MODE SENSE command for the EEROM page is in The data in the page descriptor is organized in the form of a parameter header followed by t
11. 16h 10000 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3 193 1990 read only 17h 42500 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 91 174 2 6 GB 18h Same as 17h but with 56 track pairs vs 24 6 0 GB 19h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 GB 1Ah 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 GB 80h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 15 GB without compression 81h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 40 GB with compression 82h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 GB without compression 83h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 40 GB with compression 8 76 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Number of Blocks This field will be sent as zero indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape will have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor Block Length This specifies the length in bytes of each logical block transferred over the SCSI bus A block length of zero indicates that the length is variable as specified in the I O command Any other value indicates the number of bytes per block that will be used for read write and verify type commands that specify a Fixed bit of 1 fixed block mode DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 77 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 10 2 MODE SENSE Pages parameters Each page has a 2 byte header which identifies the page code and indi
12. 3 5 3 Cartridge Insert Release Handle 0 0 eeeeeseesseeceseeeeseeeesaeeesaeessneeeeee 3 12 3 5 4 Indicator Action during Power On Self Test and Operation 3 13 3 6 Description of the Tape Cartridge eee eeseecescecsseeeseecsseecseeceneeeesaeeesneers 3 17 3 6 1 Cartridge Write Protect Switch eee eeeeeseeeeneeceneeeeseeeesaeessneeseneeesee 3 17 3 6 2 Data ProtectiOn nasen rnn soot havea eres Aa savin E E E E e e EET ee 3 19 8 7 Loading ac Carthid 06 epeei sense leces sete eane p sees a p inte e EAEE EEE SERERE 3 20 3 Fed Pape M Usei heee a A E A ETA ATRAN 3 22 3 8 Using the Cleaning Tape Cartridge eee ceeseccsseecesneeceneersseeeeseeessaeeesaeers 3 23 3 9 Unloading a Carthidg s in sie ae eG a ee ee ab hs 3 24 vi DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Contents 3510 Preserving Cartridges ssion ie n EE TA E ARA 3 26 Chapter 4 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 1 Tn This Chaptefisiesncssrciotenini hile a a a a ian 4 1 4 2 Introduction to the DLT4500 Mini Library seeeseeeseeeseereeereeerrrerrreerererereeeres 4 2 4 3 Configure the DLT4500 Mini Library eee eeseecsseeceseneecesecsaeessseeseseeeesaee 4 3 4 4 1 Location of Controls Switches and Connectors 000eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 3 4 4 2 Configuration guidelines ccc eeseeesseeceseeeecsseecesecseeceseeeesaeesseeeeesaes 4 7 44 3 SCSLID Seta 8s 20533 5 besies Favs fev sh vd Ane fas varia toed Masoud hee
13. A 27 Drive reliability factors A 27 Drive timing characteristics Drive performance specifications A 12 EEROM Packets Last n Error Events D 1 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs D 1 EEROM vendor unique page 8 64 8 89 Eject button 5 18 cartridge in drive 5 20 no cartridge in drive 5 20 Electromagnetic emission requirements A 26 Electromagnetic emissions A 21 Electromagnetic interference EMI A 21 Element address assignment 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem page 8 135 Element status data header 8 140 ERASE 8 16 Error events 8 41 ESD failure level limits A 24 Event Log packets D 4 Directory Failure Event Logs D 5 F Failure level limits ESD A 24 Fast transient voltage data cables A 23 power cables A 23 Firmware update creating a tape 7 4 creating a tape on UN X Systems 7 4 DLT4000 drive 7 6 DLT4500 loader 7 9 DLT4700 loader 7 14 Standalone system 7 2 Firmware Update Mode Display 4 18 4 19 Front panel contorls 4 3 controls 3 11 4 12 5 6 indicators 3 11 4 3 5 6 Front panel density select 4 21 G Guidelines DLT4000 Tape Drive configuration 2 5 DLT4500 mini library configuration 4 7 DLT4700 mini library configuration 5 3 H Header and data mode 8 127 High energy transient voltage power cables A 23 Host selection density 4 23 Humidity Environmental specifications A 14 Indicators beeper 3 12 Index description 3 12 diagram 3 11 front pa
14. Appendix B Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information B 1 In This Appendix Appendix B lists the internal status codes with their descriptions B 2 Internal Status Code The internal status code is located at byte offset 18 of the request sense data and may be available after certain types of failures NOTE This byte has two formats a byte code and a bit flags format The bit flags format is used when there is no internal status code to report and can be distinguished by bit 7 being set Table B 1 Internal Status Code Dec Hex Description No meaning Reed Solomon Error Correction Code recovery Read or write block retry soft retry Reposition command aborted Controller has stopped reading No control or data buffers available Target delivered in read ahead Logical EOT encountered 2 file marks oyAUWURWNHO oCIANRWNF OO Command connection dropped DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem B 1 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information Dec 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Hex OA OB OC OD OE OF 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Table B 1 Internal Status Code cont d Description Cleared from queue Missing data block tead only Gap within object missing blocks in record Record on tape larger than requested Compare error Su
15. DLT4000 SCSI Interface IDENTIFY 80h FFh These messages are sent either by the initiator or by the target to establish or reestablish the physical connection path between an initiator and target for a particular logical unit The message byte consists of the following bits Bit 7 Always set to one Bit 6 Set by initiator if target is allowed to disconnect reconnect Bit 5 Must be set to zero Target Routines not supported Bit 4 Reserved Must be set to zero Bit 3 Reserved Must be set to zero Bits 2 0 Logical Unit Number LUN When the Identify message is sent from a target to an initiator during reconnection a RESTORE POINTERS message is implied INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR 05h This message is sent from an initiator to inform a target that an error for example a bus parity error has occurred that does not prevent the target from trying the operation again When received the DLT4000 drive attempts to retransfer the last command data or status bytes by using the RESTORE POINTERS message mechanism LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE 0Ah This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a linked command with the Flag bit zero is complete and that status has been sent The initiator then sets the pointers to the initial state for the next command When received as a target it is handled as an illegal message the drive enters the MESSAGE IN phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT LINKED
16. Drive and Mini library Physical Descriptions A 2 e DLT4000 Drive Table Top A 2 1 e DLT4500 Mini library A 2 2 e DLT4700 Mini library A 2 3 Functional Specifications A 3 e DLT4000 Drive A 3 1 Identifying the Correct AC Power Cord A 4 Tape Drive Mounting Holes A 5 Performance Specifications A 6 Environmental Specifications A 7 Vibration and Shock Specifications A 8 Electromagnetic Interference EMI A 9 Susceptibility Regulatory Requirements A 10 Drive Reliability Factors A 11 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 1 Technical Specifications A 2 Drive and Mini library Physical Descriptions A 2 1 DLT4000 Drive Physical specifications Table A 1 lists the key physical specifications of the DLT4000 tape drive Description Height Width Length Weight Shipping Weight Environmental temperature Operating Nonoperating Humidity Operating Nonoperating Certifications EMI Safety Operating Air Velocity Table A 1 DLT4000 Physical Specifications Drive 5 1 4 inch FH modified depth 82 5 mm 3 235 in without bezel 86 3 mm 3 4 in with bezel 144 8 mm 5 7 in behind bezel 148 3 mm 5 84 in with bezel 228 6 mm 9 0 in measured from back of front bezel 243 8 mm 9 6 in including the bezel 2 9 kg 6 Ib 3 86 kg 8 Ib 8 oz depending on configuration 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Cla
17. ETC Enable Threshold Comparison When set to 1 the drive will perform a comparison with threshold values once the cumulative value is updated Comparison criteria is defined in TMC If the comparison is met and the RLEC bit of MODE SELECT SENSE Control Page is set to 1 then a UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators The additional sense code is set to LOG EXCEPTION and the additional sense code qualifier is set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit is zero and the comparison is met then UNIT ATTENTION is not generated TMC Threshold Met Criteria See Figure 8 23 for the list of criteria Once the specified criteria in this field is met and the ETC bit is 1 and the RLEC bit in MODE SENSE SELECT Control Page is set to 1 then UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators LP List Parameter This bit should always be set to 0 to indicate parameter codes are treated as data counters Parameter Length This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value 8 32 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Parameter Value This field is the actual value of this log parameter Parameter Code Description 00h Errors corrected with substantial delays Oth Errors corrected with possible delays 02h Total rewrites or rereads 03h Total errors corrected 04h Total times correction algorithm processed 05h Total bytes processed 06h Tortal uncorrected errors 8000h Vendor Unique F
18. NOTE Maximum energy in a single pulse from the transient generator must be limited to 2 5 W DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 23 Technical Specifications Table A 28 lists the low level conducted interference voltage limits Table A 28 Low level Conducted Interference No errors S W recoverable errors No hardware failure 3 V rms 80 modulated 1 KHz A 9 7 ESD Failure Level Limits Table A 29 lists the ESD failure level limits for normal operator access areas Table A 29 ESD Failure Level Limits Failure Type Equipment Failure Level Allowable Errors Hard Office 1 to 12 kV No operator intervention soft recoverable allowed Hardware Office Up to 15 kV No component damage operator intervention allowed soft hard errors allowed A 9 8 Acoustic Noise Emissions The following lists the acoustic noise emission levels Table A 30 Acoustic Noise Emissions Nominal Noise Power Emission Level LNPEc Mode DLT4000 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Drive Tabletop Loader Loader Idle N A 4 6 bels 4 3 bels 5 1 bels Streaming N A 5 1 bels 4 9 bels 5 2 bels Sound Pressure Level LPAc Mode DLT4000 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Drive Tabletop Loader Loader Idle N A 30 0 dB 36 0 dB 34 0 dB Streaming N A 41 0 dB 40 0 dB 35 0 dB A 24 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 30 Acoustic Noise Declaration for German Noise Declaration Law Cont d Schallemissionswerte W
19. of data the test will e Write tracks 0 1 2 e Rewind read and verify 0 1 2 e Write 3 tracks starting with 1 1 2 3 and then rewind to the beginning of track 1 and do the read verify pass If Block Count is set to zero data will be written until EOT is reached each time so almost 4 complete passes over the tape would result NOTE Because of data generation and verification this test only streams the tape for short periods of time Therefore if Block Count is set very high this test can take many minutes or even many hours to complete If the specified test passes a GOOD STATUS is returned Otherwise a Check Condition is generated and the Sense Data will contain information about the failure 8 118 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 10 Sense Keys Used Description Medium Error A positioning error has occurred where the returned position does not match the expected Hardware Error The Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields will provide more specific information ILLEGAL REQUEST Illegal bit settings in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Miscompare A compare error occurred during a read Table 8 11 Additional Sense Codes Description A positioning error has occurred where the returned position does not match the expected Level 1 ROM test failed Level RAM test failed Level 1 test failed Bad Drive status Sense Key 3h 4h 5h Eh Additional Additiona
20. terminator is fully seated If the DLT4000 tabletop drive is the last or only device on the bus make sure the terminator is installed on the DLT4000 tabletop drive If the DLT4000 tabletop drive is not the last or only device on the bus check the cable connections and make sure the terminator is installed at the end of the bus Be sure to install a terminator at each end of the bus One terminator is usually installed at the system DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 11 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive Table 2 4 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart cont d If Your system does not recognize the DLT4000 tabletop drive The DLT4000 tabletop drive does not power up All right or all left side indicators on the DLT4000 front panel blink You find fatal or nonfatal errors for which you cannot determine he cause Then 1 The SCSI bus might be too long 2 Too many devices might be on the bus The DLT4000 tabletop drive has no power A drive fault has occurred The bus termination or SCSI signal cable connections might be incorrect The ac power source grounding might be incorrect You should 1 Limit the bus length to the ANSI SCSI standard of 6 meters 19 feet for single ended SE or 25 meters 82 feet for differential 2 Limit the number of devices on the bus including the system to eight Check your system configuration rules Check the
21. 13 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine 5 1 Changing the SCSI ID via the Pushbutton Switch xv1 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem List of Figures 5 2 DLT4700 Operator Control Panel eee eesseceeceeeseecesseeeeeesseeesenseeeeeens 5 6 5 3 Write Protect Switch on a Cartridge eee eeeeeescecsseecessneeseeecseesseeseneeeesaes 5 22 5 4 Inserting a Cartridge into the Magazine eee eeeeeeesneeessneeceseeeneeeeneeeesaes 5 23 5 5 Removing a Cartridge from the Front of the Magazine s 5 25 5 6 Rec iver Opened s cas isi catia on sii Aca Blase anes 5 26 6 1 Opening the Cartridge Door to Check the Tape Leader eeeeeeseeeeeeeee 6 4 7 1 DLT4700 Subsystem Connectors 0 ce eeeeeeseecesneeessseeceseeeesseeeaeeesaeesseeseeaes 7 3 7 2 Jumper Settings for TRM PWR Connector 0 0 eeeeeeceesseeseseeeeeeeeeesneeceeeeenees 7 4 8 1 Extended Message Format scceescccescecesnececssceceseeeesaeeseeessaeecsaeecesseeeesaee 8 10 8 2 SDTR Extended Message Format ssccesssssecsseecessseeeseecsaeecseesseeesneees 8 13 823 BRASEVCDB wr scpSischs a cob Ee A E bh A ENN E EES EA ES 8 16 S A INQUIRY CDB e kc Se Se ira EE tenet EN E EE aa EEES E T e 8 17 8 5 INQUIRY Response Data iss cc ccss ccssts sess sessions s bass intrisa barr SAt EE EEPE ERAS SS Eeto EEs 8 18 8 6 INQUIRY Vendor Unique Bytes Definition seeseeeseeereereeereeerrrerrrerrrerrseee 8 21 8 7 Supported Vital Product Dat
22. 8 72 RESERVE UNIT CDB EEEE EE E ESETA 8 114 8 73 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB cee eeceeeseeeeneeceneecseeceseeeesaeeesaeecsaeesseeenee 8 115 8 74 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Format cecceeeseesseeeeseeseneeeeee 8 117 8 75 S PACE E D s REA TE Stasidata taadaicieidals T T 8 120 8 76 SPACE Code Definition s s seseseseeeseeeseeesseesreeseteseresesrsersserscersreesteestenes 8 120 8 77 TEST UNIT READY DB 6s seis soitoce ees sceis sraeest cess coebs genebat cess contsseteueh eovecesade 8 122 878 VERIFY CDB ve eiis Hla eens die ecole dese mele dad e e Eae melee 8 123 8 79 WRITE CDBiisi s dirier Ants shies Anes Aa a aa ies Aarts oie dee 8 124 Contents DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xix Contents 8 80 WRITE BUFFER CDB neitronu heana a a A a ee aaa 8 126 8 81 WRITE BUFFER Modes Supported esseeseeesreesreereesrerrerirersereserersreerree 8 126 8 82 WRITE FILEMARKS CDB 00 eeceeeseeeeneeeeseseeceeeesneecsaeecseessseeeeseaeers 8 129 8 83 Initialize Element Status eee eeeeesseeeceseeceseceseeceseeeesaeeesaeecseeeesseeens 8 132 8 84 Device Capabilities Page Format cei eeeseesseeceseceeseeecseesaeecsaeeseeeeeee 8 133 8 85 Element Address Assignment Page Format eccessseceseessseceeeeeeeeneers 8 135 8 86 Transport Geometry Page Format eeeeseesseeceseeceeeeecseecseeesseeseeenee 8 137 8 87 MOVE MEDIUM CDB eeaeee een pepanen pe ae a enep aa Ta 8 138 8 88 READ ELEMENT STATUS CDB 000
23. Avoiding Basic Problems 6 4 Error Conditions DLT4500 Mini Library 6 5 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 6 Power Problems 6 7 6 2 Conditions Necessary for Button Operation Be sure to review information in the previous chapters to ensure you are correctly operating the DLT4500 DLT4700 mini library Before you press the Slot Select Load Unload or Eject button on the DLT4500 DLT4700 OCP check for the conditions listed in Table 6 1 and ensure the e Power On indicator is on e Receiver is closed e Mode Select key is not set to OCP Disabled Pressing these buttons has no effect if their indicators are off DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 1 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library NOTE Do not press the Load Unload button to abort any function of the DLT4500 DLT4700 mini library Press Ctrl Y or Ctrl C instead See Chapter 4 for more information on the functions of the DLT4500 OCP buttons Table 6 1 DLT4500 OCP Button Conditions If you want to Select another slot in the magazine Load the selected cartridge into the tape drive Return the selected cartridge to its original slot in the magazine Clear a magazine or loader error Open the door or unload the cartridge from the drive and open the door First ensure the e Magazine contains at least two cartridges e LDRRDY displays e Magazine contains at least one cartridge e LDR RDY displays DRV RDY displays ERR
24. B limits for radio noise emissions set out in the radio interference regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications This equipment is in the 2nd Class Category information equipment to be used in a residential area or an adjacent area thereto and conforms to the standards set by the Voluntary Control Council For Interference by Data Processing Equipment and Electronic Office Machines aimed at preventing radio interference in such residential area This equipment meets or exceeds requirements for safety in the U S UL 1950 Canada CSA C22 2 NO 950 and Europe EN60950 IEC 950 requirements and is certified to bear the GS mark by TUV The following FCC Notice applies to the DLT 4500 and DLT 4700 mini libraries FCC NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Any changes or modifications made to this equipment may void the user s authority to operate this equipment Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference in which case the user at his own expense will be required to
25. CHECK CONDITION until the drive encounters the physical EOP ILI The Incorrect Length Indicator bit indicates that the requested logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data on the tape Only Read or Verify may cause this bit to be set Sense Key In most cases Additional Sense Code and or Qualifier information is available See the tables later in this section Information Bytes These bytes contain the differences residue of the requested length minus the actual length in bytes blocks or Filemarks as determined by the command Negative values are indicated by two s complement notation The bytes are valid for all read write space and verify tape commands for which a CHECK CONDITION status has been generated The information bytes are zero for MODE SELECT SENSE INQUIRY READ BLOCK LIMITS and TEST UNIT READY 8 104 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Additional Sense Length of the command descriptor block is too small to transfer all of the additional sense bytes the Additional Sense Length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation Command Specific Bytes are handled as device specific and can be logged by the operating system on error conditions On media errors this usually contains the Additional Sense Code ASC and ASC Qualifier These two bytes provide additional information about the Sense Key and cause of the Sub Assembly Code Unused at prese
26. COMMAND COMPLETE with flag OBh This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a linked command with the Flag bit set to one is complete and that status has been sent MESSAGE PARITY ERROR 09h This message is sent from the initiator to the target to indicate that one or more bytes in the last message it received had a parity error To indicate that it intends to send the message the initiator sets the ATN signal before it releases ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that has the parity error This provides an interlock so that the target can determine which message has the parity error If the target receives this message under any other conditions it proceeds DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 11 DLT4000 SCSI Interface directly to the BUS FREE state by releasing the BSY signal signifying a catastrophic error The target s response to this message is to switch to the MESSAGE IN phase and re send from the beginning all the bytes of the message which generated the original MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message MESSAGE REJECT 07h This message is sent from the initiator or target to indicate that the last message received was inappropriate or has not been implemented To indicate its intentions of sending this message the initiator asserts the ATN signal before it releases ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that is to be rejected MESSAGE REJECT is issued
27. DIR_TAB Directory Event Log Flags Meaning READ on Load operation complete Inhibit further WRITEs unless WRITE from BOT LBN 0 was found intact Directory WRITE failed Tape FORMAT Mismatch Event Log Generated Tape Format Unknown Reserved D 5 Primary Status Secondary Status Primary WN eRe Re RR RS RS eS eS Ke KE CO 0 1 10 11 12 20 21 22 30 31 32 33 40 41 42 Table D 5 Directory Event Status Secondary Meaning Status Unknown No Directory 50 70 Format Inconsistent Formats Wrong Format Reserved Field Validation Failed Read Sync Time Out No directory Blocks Read Not all Directory Blocks Present SyncLock Failure Revision Level Mismatch Directory Verify Failed Directory Initialized WRITE from BOT Empty Directory Partial Directory Complete_Directory Missing Block Count The number of missing directory LBNs DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 7 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Expected LBNs The total number of directory LBNs expected Servo EOT Address Servo version of tape length Unique Media ID The Unique Media Identification number stored on the media CR_MSG Address The address of the CR MSG request block from TDS D 6 Code Update CUP Status Packet The CUP status packet is written after every code update attempt regardless of its status Refer to Figure D 6 for the overall packet layout The Old 68020 and Old Servo Sections contain infor
28. Element Medium Transport Element Reserved Data Transfer Element tape drive Reserved Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 0 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 1 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 2 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 3 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 4 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 5 Medium Storage Element Magazine slot 6 Reserved 8 136 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 3 Transport Geometry Parameters Page 1Eh The drive supports the Transport Geometry Page which has the following format ee ee Byte i Additional Page Length 02h Member Number in Transport Element Set 0 Figure 8 86 Transport Geometry Page Format Rotation of media is not appropriate for this type of Loader so the Rotate bit is zero There is only one Medium Transport Element so there is only one set with one member DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 137 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 3 MOVE MEDIUM A5h Bit z de b k b k h lo oo Operation Code A5h Reserved MSB Transport element Address Byte a MSB Source Address 6 cuss Destination Address z T Reserved so Reserved o Figure 8 87 MOVE MEDIUM CDB The Move Medium command is used to move cartridges from the tape drive to the magazine slot it came from or from any magazine slot to the tape drive The Transport Element Address field must be z
29. FLASH Memory Clear zero Failed Invalid Image Compressed Table D 7 Servo Code Update Status Status 0 1 2 10 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Meaning No Update Operation Performed Code Update Operation Successful Servo Update Not Necessary Servo Code Update Inhibited Servo Image Validation Failed Bad Initial Poll Servo Family Mismatch Servo FLASH Erase Failed Erase Time Out Image Transmit Failed Bad Final Poll Invalid Final Code Check BOT Time Out Invalid_Lamp_Status D 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem C AC Power Cord A 8 Acoustic noise emissions A 24 Altitude environmental specifications A 15 ATTENTION signal responses 8 4 Automatic mode 5 5 5 7 BACKUP command Automatic mode 5 7 Beeper 3 12 Bugcheck Packets D 2 BUS FREE 8 6 BUS PARITY ERRORS 8 6 Bus termination 2 8 Button functions conditions 6 2 Button operation conditions for 6 3 Buttons operating 4 12 Cables SCSI signal cable 2 7 tabletop connecting 2 7 Capacity 1 2 Cartridge 3 17 4 24 acclimatization 3 26 before loading 3 19 4 27 5 21 checking the tape leader 6 4 ejection 5 20 guidelines for care 3 26 handling 3 26 inserting into magazine 4 27 5 21 labeling 3 26 loading 3 20 4 31 5 18 positioning the write protect switch 3 17 preserving 3 26 removing 4 29 removing from the magazine 5 24 Index storage 3 26 unloading 3 24 4 32 5 19 using a 3 22 using cleaning
30. Format Bit aa aes a e eaaa ee vaia Error Code Segment Number 2 EOM RSVD Sense Key mark Information Bytes Byte Command Specific Information Bytes Additional Sense Code Qualifier Sub Assembly Code PT o Rewa Bit Counter Field Pointer Q No Internal Status Code VU Tape Motion Hours Tape Remaining EZ EA ad Lm ite i Figure 8 70 Valid defined in the SCSI specification DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 103 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Error Code A value of 70h indicates a current error the report is associated with the most recently received command A value of 71h indicates a deferred error the report is associated with a previous command and not as a result of the current command No other values will be returned Segment Number This byte is always zero Filemark This bit indicates that the current command has read a Filemark EOM This bit indicates that an End of Medium condition End of Partition or Beginning of Partition exists The warning is also given by setting the Sense Key to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier to End of Partition or Beginning of Partition For write type operations the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION on any operation which occurs after detection of the Early Warning EOP marker The EOM and Additional Sense Code fields will be set For read type operations the drive does not return a
31. MAG or ERR LDR displays LDR RDY displays 6 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Then you can press this button Select Load Unload Load Unload Load Unload Open Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library See Chapter 5 for more information on the functions of the DLT4700 OCP buttons Table 6 2 DLT4700 OCP Button Conditions If you want to Select another slot in the magazine Load the selected cartridge into the tape drive Return the selected cartridge to its original slot in the magazine Clear a magazine or loader fault Open the receiver or unload the cartridge from the drive and open the receiver 6 3 Operation Failure First ensure the e Magazine contains at least two cartridges e Slot Select indicator is on e Magazine contains at least one cartridge e Load Unload indicator is on Load Unload indicator is on e Load Unload indicator is on e Magazine Fault or Loader Fault indicator is on Eject indicator is on Then you can press this button Slot Select Load Unload Load Unload Load Unload Eject Some manual operations if not performed correctly may cause write operations to fail during Examples are e Loading write protected DLTtape II DLTtape IIxt or DLTtape IV cartridges when executing write operations e Selecting the incorrect cartridge slot from which to initialize operations DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Car
32. MODE SELECT MODE SENSE PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL READ BLOCK LIMITS READ BUFFER READ ELEMENT STATUS RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS REQUEST SENSE RESERVE RELEASE UNIT SEND DIAGNOSTIC non media access diagnostics WRITE BUFFER The TEST UNIT READY command is used to determine whether the tape drive would accept a media access command without returning CHECK CONDITION status 8 2 11 BUS FREE There are several situations when the device might or will go to BUS FREE unexpectedly as defined in the SCSI 2 standard See sections 6 1 1 and 6 3 An internal hardware or firmware fault that makes it unsafe for the device to continue operation without a full reset similar to a power up reset ATN asserted or bus parity error detected during non tape data transfers 8 2 12 BUS PARITY ERRORS The occurrence of bus parity errors i e single bit errors are very serious because they imply the possibility of undetected double bit errors on the bus which most likely would result in undetected data corruption On properly configured SCSI buses parity errors should be extremely rare If any are detected they should be quickly addressed 8 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem normal environment should be virtually free of bus parity errors Bus parity errors cause the drive to either retry the operation go to STATUS phase or Retrying of parity errors during Data Out Phase when writing is normally not done but can be ena
33. Pee E TE EREE Sa 5 3 5 3 2 Disable Parity Checking niiae aenn nE E ea eo AE SESSE ar 5 3 5 3 3 Change the SCSI D areir nnen n o e e E E E E eE EEEo a 5 3 DA Mode Select KEY sehier p ces e eap ee Tee eea ee eea eeaeee E 5 5 54 OCP Disabl d Modessa aa ER E E TE 5 5 5 4 2 Automatic M d es sn narar ni ni n a a ea 5 7 543 Manual M dena rke is nee a RAN ME ied ee 5 7 5 44 Service Mod ne ren insa E ot casted Laven aside E a eee 5 8 5 9 Selecting Densityciain senses Mendon ainena ee aitun den Anuass 5 9 5 6 Operator Control Panel eee eesecesecsseeesseeceseeeesaeecsseecseecsseesesaeeesaeessaeers 5 12 5 7 Power On Process nnne cess ects seie oi edb ovet tro E er EErEE Ee EEEE KES 5 16 5 8 Slot Select Load Unload ereere resres perre erneiere paineen SNe Seres rennes 5 18 5 8 L Selecting a Cartrid tesi in nuha ahan e a EAE 5 18 5 8 2 Loading the Cartridge inrsin hte ciievichepenioeds stehipaeibedieees 5 18 5 8 3 Unloading the Cartridge cee eeeeeesccsneeceneeceseeceseeeesaeeseaeessaeessneeeeee 5 19 viii DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 94 Opening the Receiver tiniis nr en e a E AAE EA 5 20 59 Magazines sites oi a re r Ae sie 5 21 5 9 1 Inserting a Cartidg enaren e E E EEN A 5 21 5 9 2 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine eeeeeeeeeeeeereerrererrerrree 5 24 5 9 3 Removing the Magazine from the Receiver seeeeeeeeeereeeeerreeerrereee 5 24 5 9 4 Installing the Magazine into the Receiver eeeeeeesseess
34. SCSI Bus NOTE The SCSI bus must be terminated at both ends and at least one device must supply terminator power Table 2 1 tells you when and where to add a terminator Table 2 1 Adding a Terminator If the DLT4000 is Then The last or only device on the bus 1 Connect the SCSI terminator to one of the and you are going to terminate the SCSI signal connectors on the DLT4000 cables externally rear panel 2 Snap the wire cable clamps into place or tighten screws whichever is supplied to secure the terminator Not the last or only device on the Be sure to install the terminator at the end of SCSI bus the bus The DLT4000 tabletop drive can be configured to supply TRM PWR on the bus by adding a jumper to the pins labeled TRM PWR on the controller printed circuit board adapter PCBA 2 5 4 Connect the Power Cord To connect the power cord 1 Ensure the DLT4000 power switch is set to 0 2 Connect the power cord to the DLT4000 power connector Make sure the connector is fully seated 3 Connect the other end of the power cord to a nearby ac outlet 2 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 2 6 Test the Installation Section 2 6 includes the following topics Topic Section Run the Power On Self Test POST 2 6 1 What to Do after POST 2 6 2 2 6 1 Run POST To test the installation for the DLT4000 tabletop drive by running POST 1 Turn on t
35. SCSI Interface e Byte 7 All bits set to zero except Sync Set to 1 synchronous data transfer supported Linked Set to 1 linked commands supported Vendor Identification See figure 8 6 Product Identification See figure 8 6 NOTE If a media loader is attached to the tape drive the Product ID will indicate DLT4500 or DLT4700 instead of DLT4000 for 5 and 7 cartridges loader respectively Product Revision Level This field contains four bytes of ASCII data which define the product s software Revision Levels The first tow bytes are the version number of servo code in the DLT4000 products this firmware is located in a PROM and is not field updateable The second two bytes are the version number of the SCSI read write code When a firmware update is performed on the DLT4000 drive this part of the Revision Level field will change appropriately Vendor Specific Vendor Specific See next section 8 20 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 4 2 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data The following information can be used to precisely identify the revision of subsystem components Bit 7 z i 7 i 7 z 7 i i Figure 8 6 INQUIRY Vendor Unique Bytes Definition Vendor Specific Inquiry Bytes To more precisely identify the product and the installed firmware additional information is available DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 21 DLT4000 SCSI Interfac
36. Subsystem Operating Shock A 16 Operating Vibration A 16 Operation failures 6 3 Operations initiator target 8 2 Operator Control Panel OCP 4 13 5 12 Overview DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Product 1 1 P Page Control Mode 8 56 8 82 Data Compression 8 58 8 84 Data Transfer Element Status 8 143 Device Capabilities 8 133 Device Configuration 8 60 8 86 Disconnect Reconnect 8 53 8 81 EEROM Vendor Unique 8 64 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 8 89 Element Address Assignment 8 135 Last n Error Events 8 41 Medium Partition 8 63 8 88 Medium Transport Element Status 8 141 MODE SELECT 8 50 MODE SENSE 8 78 Read Write Compression Ratio Log SENSE 8 42 Read Write Error Log Page Page 2 and 3 8 38 Read Write Error Recovery 8 51 8 79 Storage element status 8 142 Transport geometry parameters 8 137 Vital product data 8 23 Page format 8 37 Parity checking disable 3 2 5 3 Performance specification DLT4000 tape drive A 12 PO ST failure packets D 4 POST 5 16 POST drive 3 13 POST events 4 9 Power connectors 3 7 Power cord connection 2 8 Power problems 6 9 Power on 8 3 Index Power on range environmental specifications A 15 Power on self test status of OCP indicators 5 16 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 8 90 Primary Status Secondary Status D 7 Problem resolutions 6 1 conditions to check 6 8 6 10 DLT4700 reset 6 9 Radiated emissions A 22 Radiated susceptibility A 23 Rate data
37. Temperature and Humidity cccceeeecceesccceeceeeneeeeeenneeeceenneeneneeeeeees A 14 APD Alta eis sis cons she 2b havi siveakes a stalin meek a a a tienda dead onhase A 15 A 8 Vibration and Shock Specifications cesesssecscecsssneeesseeceseeeeseesseeeneers A 16 A 8 1 Operating Shock and Vibration 20 0 0 ceeseeeeeesseeesseeeeeeeeseeeesneeeeeeees A 16 A 8 2 Nonoperating Shock and Vibration eescesseeseeeeseceeeeeeseeeseeeeeee A 17 A 9 Electromagnetic Interference EMI Susceptibility 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeneees A 21 A 9 1 Electromagnetic Emissions ccccsesessseesseeeesseeceseeeesaeeesaeessaeeeneesaee A 21 A 9 2 Conducted Emissions aes hoe oen N E een an E eae STS NoE Eei Tess A 22 A 9 3 Radiated Emissions cscccescccseeceseeeeseneeceseecseeceseeeesaeeseesessaeeseeeeens A 22 A 9 4 Magnetic Radiated Susceptibility 0 0 eee eeseeceeeceseeeseesseeseeeeeee A 22 A 9 5 Radiated Susceptibility oe eeeeeeseceseeeceneeceseeceseeessaeeesaeessaeeesneeesee A 23 A 9 6 Conducted Susceptibility 0 0 ee eesecsseeceseeeeseeeeseeeesaeeesaeessaeesseeeeeee A 23 ADT ESD Failure Level Eimiin i e Rs A 24 A 9 8 Acoustic Noise EMISSIONS cssccsesecsseecsseeceseeeeseeeesaeeesaeersaeeseeeese A 24 A 10 Regulatory Requirement 0 00 0 ccc ceeseeeeseeeeseeceseeeesseecsscecsscecsseeeesaeessaeersaeers A 26 A 10 1 Safety Requirement eeeeeeessseecsneecsseecsseecsseeeesaeecsaeessaeesseeeee A 26 A 10 2 Electromagneti
38. Then To the left the tape is write protected the You cannot write data to the tape orange indicator on the cartridge shows To the right the tape is write enabled You can write data to the tape if it is not software write protected Table 3 4 describes what happens to data protection when you move the write protect switch during operation Table 3 4 After Loading the Cartridge and Operating If you move the write protect switch Then From the write protected position to write The tape becomes write enabled after enabled a variable amount of time seconds From write enabled to write protected The tape becomes write protected after a variable amount of time seconds DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 19 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 7 Loading a Cartridge The following are more detailed steps for loading a cartridge Figure 3 8 1 When the Operate Handle green indicator is on steady lift the cartridge insert release handle open NOTE If Operate Handle indicator is blinking close handle and wait for a steady green indication then lift handle and insert tape cartridge 2 Insert the cartridge 3 Push the cartridge into the drive 4 Push the handle closed NOTE To prevent handle failures assist the handle to the closed position Do not flip it The green indicator turns off and the yellow indicator blinks to show the tape is loading When the tape i
39. Unload Green You can press the Load Unload button indicator Slot Select Increments the current slot indicator to the next button slot Slot Select Green You can press the Slot Select button to move the indicator current slot indicator to the next slot Power On indicato Green The DLT4700 mini library is in a known good power state and dc voltages are within tolerance 5 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Table 5 2 DLT4700 Operator Control Panel Cont d Buitton Indicator Write Protected indicator Tape In Use indicator Use Cleaning Tape indicator Magazine Fault indicator Loader Fault indicator Current Slot indicators 0 6 Density Select Color Orang e Yellow Orang Red Red Green Green Function Indicates the cartridge in the drive is write protected by one of these methods e The write protect switch is set to the write protect position e Host software write protect qualifiers e When off indicates that the cartridge in the drive is write enabled Indicates tape drive activity as follows e Slow blinking indicates tape is rewinding e Rapid blinking indicates tape is reading or writing e When on steadily indicates a cartridge is in the drive and the tape is not moving e When off indicates no cartridge is in the drive The read write head needs cleaning See Chapter 3 Indicates a magazine failur
40. actual density indicators For example if the actual tape density is 2 6 GB then the indicator turns on next to the 2 6 label When Density Override blinks you can select a density The drive is ready for use See Section 3 4 The yellow Tape In Use indicator turns off The green Operate Handle indicator flashes When you lower the handle the cartridge loads Right or left side indicators blink repeatedly You may try to unload the tape and reinitialize the drive by pressing the Unload button or turn drive power off and then on again The right or left side indicators stop blinking and the drive tries to reinitialize The indicators turn on steady again and turn off if the test succeeds The Operate Handle indicator is blinking close handle and wait for a steady indications POST completes in about 15 seconds and the drive responds normally to all commands However it might take longer for the media to become ready After a bus reset the tape drive responds within a bus selection time out period Use this table to determine the drive s operating condition 3 14 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 2 Determining the Drive s Operating Condition Label Color Indicator Right front panel Write Protected Orange Tape in Use Yellow Use Cleaning Tape Yellow Operate Handle Green All four right side indicators or all left side indicators Sta
41. an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB PC The Page Control field defines the type of parameter values to be returned PC Type of Parameter Values 00b Threshold Values 01b Cumulative Values 10b Default Threshold Values 11b Default Cumulative Values Figure 8 18 LOG Page Control Definitions The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter can attain The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since the last reset of the device either by power cycling BUS DEVICE RESET or SCSI RESET The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each parameter gets initialized on a reset condition as described previously Default values are zero By default Current threshold values Default threshold values NOTE All types of Parameter values are changeable through LOG SELECT Page Code The Page Code field identifies which log page is being requested by the initiator If the page is not supported then the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB Supported pages are as follows DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 35 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Page Code Page Description 00h List of Supported Pages Page 02h Write Error Counter Page 03h Read Error Counter Page 07h Last n Errors Events Page 32h Compression ratio page Figure 8 19 LOG
42. and cumulative values this bit is always zero e DS Disable Save Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e TSD Target Save Disable Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e ETC Enable Threshold Comparison ETC of 1 indicates that comparison to threshold is performed ETC of zero indicates that this comparison is not performed This bit is set to 1 by MODE SELECT Default is zero e TMC Threshold Met Criteria This field is valid only if host sets ETC to 1 It determines the basis for comparison and is specified by host by LOG SELECT If the result of comparison is true cumulative threshold and MODE SELECT SENSE control mode page RLEC bit is set 1 then a unit attention is generated for all initiators The sense key will be set to UNIT ATTENTION ASC DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 39 DLT4000 SCSI Interface will be set to LOG EXCEPTION and ASCQ will be set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit in control mode page is zero then UNIT ATTENTION will not be generated NOTE This comparison is performed in real time Therefore you do not need to issue a Log Sense command to get the check condition Once ETC is selected RLEC bit in Control mode page the check condition will be issued based on the criteria defined in the TMC bits if the criteria is met in Real time Check condition will not identify for which parameter code the criteria is met T
43. be zero e DCR The Disable ECC Correction bit feature is not supported so this bit will be zero Read Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of rereads that are done before declaring an unrecoverable error DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 79 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Write Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that will be performed before declaring an unrecoverable error 8 80 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 10 4 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02h The drive will support the Disconnect Reconnect Page which has the following format a e lls o ps o Page Code 02h Additional Page Length OEh Buffer Full Ratio Byte Buffer empty Ratio Bus Inactivity Limit MSB Disconnect time Limit LSB MSB Connect Time Limit LSB MSB Maximum Burst Size LSB Figure 8 51 Disconnect Reconnect Page Format The following parameters in this page are supported Maximum Burst Size This value specifies the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting A value of zero sets no limit This value is in units of 512 bytes For example a value of 8 means 4K bytes Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the closest multiple of 8 Data Transfer Disconnect Control DTDC This value specifies the restriction when a disconnect is permitted DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Car
44. becomes ready to this initiator if another initiator changes Mode Parameters and if the firmware is Data Protected The current media is write protected This can be media is not DLTtape II DLTtape IIIxt or DLTtape IV 8 106 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Sense Key Bh Dh Eh ASC 00h 04h 08h OAh OCh DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 6 Sense Keys Used Cont d Description Command Aborted Generated when a command has been aborted by the tape device for some reason Check the ASC Q bytes Volume Overflow Physical end of media has been reached during writing The initiator ignored the EOM condition and continued writing Miscompare A compare error occurred during reading by the self tests invoked during execution of a Send Diagnostic Table 8 7 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used ASCQ Description No Additional Sense Code 00h No additional sense qualifier Olh Unexpected FM Encountered 02h End of Medium Encountered 03h SetMark Encountered 04h Beginning of Medium Encountered 05h EOD Encountered Unit not ready 00h Cause nonreportable Olh Calibration in process 02h Load command needed 03h Manual Intervention needed 00h LUN Communications Failure Olh LUN Communications Time out 00h Error Log Overflow 00h Write Error DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 107 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 7 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d ASC ASCQ D
45. blocks with MODE SELECT The current block length is the block length defined in the MODE SELECT command Upon termination the tape is logically positioned after these blocks Transfer Length This field contains the length of the data transfer in bytes or blocks depending on whether Fixed or Variable block mode is selected If the Transfer Length is zero no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit is not changed Exception Conditions If EOT is detected while writing the drive will finish writing any buffered data The command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the EOM bit is set the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P detected The drive attempts to complete any subsequent writes returning a CHECK CONDITION status in each case If the drive encounters the physical EOM when attempting write CHECK CONDITION status is returned Within the Sense data the EOM and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key field is set to VOLUME OVERFLOW The Information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P Detected The tape is physically positioned at EOM P DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 125 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 26 WRITE BUFFER 3Bh EE Operation Code 3Bh a Buffer ID 00h Byte Buffer Offset
46. bytes For example a value of 8 means 4k bytes Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the closest multiple of 8 Data Transfer Disconnect Control DTDC The DTDC field defines further restrictions on when a disconnect is permitted DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 53 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Data transfer disconnect control is not used Disconnect is controlled by the other fields in this page A target does not attempt to disconnect once the data transfer of a command has started until all data the command is to transfer has been transferred Reserved A target does not attempt to disconnect once the data transfer of a command has started until the command is complete Figure 8 34 Data Transfer Disconnect Control If DTDC is non zero and the maximum burst size is non zero the DLT4000 drive returns CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST 8 54 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 55 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 5 Control Mode Page 0Ah The control mode page provides controls over several features such as tagged queuing extended contingent allegiance asynchronous event notification and error logging Bit cas a el So 5 MSB Ready AEN Holdoff Period LSB Figure 8 35 Control Mode Page 0Ah
47. care in placing the drive in an environment that is free of dust and humidity 2 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive Figure 2 1 shows the DLT4000 tabletop drive CARTRIDGE INSERT RELEASE HANDLE DOWN Figure 2 1 Drive Front Panel Indicators Left Side of Drive Indicators Right Side of Drive Density indicator 2 6 Yellow Write Protected indicator Orange Density indicator 6 0 Yellow Tape in Use indicator Yellow Density indicator 10 0 15 0 Yellow Use Cleaning Tape indicator Yellow Density indicator 20 0 Yellow Operate Handle indicator Green Compress indicator Yellow Beeper audible not visible Density Override indicator Yellow Controls Density Select button Unload button Cartridge insert release handle DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 3 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive Figure 2 2 shows connector locations Power SCSI Signal scsi Signal Connector jie Connector IN OutTermination Figure 2 2 DLT4000 Rear Panel 2 3 Install the Drive To install the DLT4000 tabletop drive Step Action 1 Note the DLT4000 tabletop drive factory settings 2 Review Section 2 4 1 3 Configure the DLT4000 tabletop drive or use on your system
48. does not have active termination You can configure the DLT4000 drive to supply termination power To supply terminator power for the SCSI bus 1 Use Figure 3 1 number to locate the TRM PWR connector on the drive 2 Place jumper in the positions shown in Figure 3 4 number 3 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive oo0oo0o00 oo0o0o000 0 0000000000 ololo Figure 3 4 Jumper Settings for TRM PWR No Term Power Term Power 3 2 4 Locating the SCSI Cable and Power Connectors To install the DLT4000 drive note the location of the rear connectors Figure 3 5 Figure 3 5 DLT4000 Rear Connector oO SCSI Connector Power Connector Power Connector Custom Power Connection DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 7 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 3 Selecting Density Section 3 3 describes the drive s density select features CAUTION If a prerecorded tape is used and write from beginning of tape BOT all prerecorded data is lost This includes density changes since they only occur when writing from BOT Ways of Selecting Density Using DLTtape IV the density defaults to 20 0 GB native The only selection is for compression on or off Using DLTtape III the density defaults to 10 0 GB native The only selection for this cartridge is 2 6 6 0 10 0 GB compression off or 20 0 GB compression on
49. e Ol11b The target is not capable of supporting a physical device on this logical unit For this case the Peripheral Device Type will be set to 1Fh Peripheral Device Type On the tape drive LUN this field is set to Olh indicating a sequential access device On the Medium Changer LUN this field is set to 08h All other LUNs will return 1FH 8 18 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Other Inquiry Data Fields The rest of the fields in the Inquiry Response are used as follows e Bytel RMB The Removable Medium bit is one Device Type Modifier Set to 0 e Byte2 IOS Version Set to 0 ECMA Version Set to 0 ANSI Approved Version Set to 02h indicating compliance with SCSI 2 Byte 3 ANEC Set to 0 Asynchronous Event Notification not supported TrmlOP Set to 1 TERMINATE I O PROCESS message supported Response Data Format Set to 2 Inquiry Data in SCSI 2 format Byte 4 Additional Length The tape drive sets this field to indicate the number of additional bytes of INQUIRY Response Data available Byte 6 All bits set to zero except MChnegr Set to 1 if an integrated Media Loader is present and EEROM parameter EnbIngMedChgr is set to 1 This SCSI 3 bit indicates that the Read Element Status and Move Medium commands can be issued to the drive LUN 0 By default this bit is off on the DLT4000 products DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 19 DLT4000
50. equipment generates uses and radiates radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by tuning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help The shielded interconnect cable shipped with the unit should not be altered or modified in any way The unit shipped without a shielded interconnect cable must use a shielded interconnect cable The user may find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful How to Identify and Resolve Radio TV Interference Problems This booklet is available from the U S Government Printing Office Washington D C 20402 Stock No 004 00398 5 All external I O cables connecting to this unit need to be shielded See the User Manual or installation instructions for more options This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class
51. file should be exactly 1152 512 bytes in size 7 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape When making the update tape copy the image file to the tape media using a block size as defined in Table 7 1 that is dd Itf and so forth The tape has to be uncompressed DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 5 Firmware Update From Tape 7 4 Firmware Update Procedure Section 7 4 describes the procedure for updating the firmware code of the DLT4000 subsystem controller The update is done from a cartridge that stores the firmware image Firmware update from the host is also supported See the section on the SCSI WRITE BUFFER command in Chapter 8 for details Firmware updates are supported on the DLT4000 drive with and without the media loader The steps for performing the update are similar for each To update the firmware with the e Drive only configuration see Updating the Firmware on DLT4000 Drive Only Configuration e Drive and loader configuration see Updating the Firmware on the DLT4500 Drive and Loader Configuration and Updating the Firmware on the DLT4700 Drive and Loader Configuration CAUTION Never turn off power if you think the firmware is being updated This can damage the controller 7 4 1 Updating the Firmware on DLT4000 Drive Only Configuration drive 1 Obtain or make a DLTtape III DLTtape IIIxt or DLTtape IV with the firmware image of the desir
52. for all initiators A Unit Attention condition will be generated for all other initiators that had outstanding I O processes with Additional Sense Code ASC of Command Cleared by Another Initiator The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this message Current settings of Mode Select parameters and reservations are not affected The data on the cache will be flushed to the tape COMMAND COMPLETE 00h This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a command or a series of linked commands has completed and valid status has been sent to the initiator After it has sent the message successfully the target goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing BSY If received by the tape unit it is handled as an illegal message the drive returns MESSAGE REJECT and enters the STATUS phase reporting CHECK CONDITION with the sense key set to COMMAND ABORTED DISCONNECT 04h A target sends DISCONNECT to tell an initiator that the present physical path is going to be broken the target intends to disconnect by releasing BSY Later reselection is required in order to complete the current operation This message does not cause the initiator to save the Data pointer DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 9 DLT4000 SCSI Interface When received from an initiator the tape drive may respond in one of two ways First it may take the message as a request by the initiator to di
53. from Tape Bytes Read from Tape MBytes Transferred from Host Bytes Transferred from Host MBytes Written to Tape Bytes Written to Tape Figure 8 25 Parameter Codes Supported Fae A Page Code Bye 1 Reserved U U O MSB Additional Length Figure 8 26 Read Write Compression Ratio Page Header Additional Length The additional length field specifies the number of bytes available and depends on the parameters requested 8 42 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Parameter Block for Parameter Codes 00 and 01 Parameter Code Byte MSB Compression Ratio x 100 el oH Figure 8 27 Read Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Page Format Parameter Control Byte e DU Disable Update This bit is always zero e DS Disable Save Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e TSD Target Save Disable Saving parameters is not supported this bit will always be set to 1 e ETC Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page this bit is always a zero e TMC Threshold Met Criteria Always a zero e LP List Parameter This bit will always be set to zero as we treat the parameter codes as data counter Compression Ratio The compression ratio is reported as the actual compression ratio times 100 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 43 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Parameter Block for Parameter Codes 02 through 09 04h
54. have loaded a tape with a prerecorded 2 6 GB density and you use the Density Select button to select 10 0 GB density the following should happen e The 2 6 indicator remains lit density has not changed yet and the steady light indicates recorded tape density e The 10 0 15 0 indicator blinks density change is pending e Density Override lights When a write from BOT occurs the following should happen e The 2 6 indicator turns off e 10 0 15 0 indicator is on steady e Density Override remains lit DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 9 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 1 shows the results of density selection Table 3 1 Results of Density Selection If The Density Select button is not used The Density Select button is used and if the actual tape density is the same as the density you selected The Density Select button is used and if the actual tape density differs from the density selected To select density over the SCSI bus Then The indicators show the actual density when the tape is reading and writing The indicators are on steady and Density Override is off The actual density and the Density Override light For example if the actual tape density is 10 0 GB and the selected tape density is 10 0 GB then the indicator next to 10 0 15 0 lights 1 The indicator with the actual density is on steady 2 The indicator with the selected density blink
55. in response to any messages the drive considers to be illegal or not supported When sending to the initiator the tape device will do so before requesting any additional message bytes NO OP NO OPERATION 08h If a target requests a message the initiator sends NO OP if it does not currently have any other valid message to send The message is accepted when the drive is acting as a target and may be sent when it is an initiator If NO OP is received during a selection the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase provided ATN does not continue being asserted The NO OP message is ignored by the tape drive RESTORE POINTERS 03h This message is sent from a target to direct the initiator to restore the most recently saved pointers for the currently attached logical unit Pointers to the command data and status locations for the logical unit are restored to the active pointers Command and Status pointers are restored to the beginning of the present Command and Status areas The Data pointer is restored to the value at the beginning of the data area in the absence of aSAVE DATA POINTER message or to the value at the last SAVE DATA POINTER message that occurred for that logical unit When the RESTORE POINTERS message is received as a target the target switches to the message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT SAVE DATA POINTER 02h This message sent from a target to the initiator saves a copy of the present active Data pointer for
56. indicates a cartridge has been removed but is not in the Medium Transport or Data Transfer elements The Source Element Address will always be set to this element s address 8 142 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 4 4 Data Transfer Element Status Page Bit a a ae ee ed ed o Element Type Code 4h Data Transport 1 Pvorrag PAVolTag Reserved 2o MSB Data Transfer Element ae LSB Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available Descriptor 1s ais Data Transfer Element Address 10h LSB C Pe TD ETS TT Reserved lt OoOo Oo J13 Additional Sense Code Qualifier Byte KEN MSB Source Element Address LSB le a ES Figure 8 93 Data Transfer Element Status Page PvolTag and AVolTag are always zero Access is always set and Full is set if a cartridge is in the tape drive IDValid and LUValid are always set drive LUN is 0 The SCSI Bus Address field is the same as the tape drive s controller SValid is set if there is a cartridge in the drive and Source Element Address will indicate which magazine slot it came from DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 143 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 144 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Appendix A Technical Specifications A 1 In This Appendix Appendix A contains specifications for the DLT4000 tape drive DLT4500 mini library and the DLT4700 mini library including Topic Section
57. into EEROM Refer to Figure D 2 for the detailed packet layout The most important information is the error code The more common ones are listed in Table D 2 A full listing is not given here because most are not meaningful without a detailed knowledge of the firmware design Analysis of the other informtion saved in an EEROM Bugcheck log entry also requires in dpth internal firmware knowledge to interpret and attempt to determine if the cause was external e g a bad SCSI bus cable improper termination etc an ECM or drive fault or a firmware bug D 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Bugcheck Code E204 EE01 EE02 EE03 EE04 EE05 EE06 EE08 EE09 EEOD F202 POH PC Time Stamp 68020 Status Register 68020 PC Register EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs 0 49 68020 A0 A7 Registers l s ISR Return Address 68020 MSP Register SW Major Revision SW Minor Revision Figure D 2 Bugcheck LOG Packet Layout Table D 2 Bugcheck Error Codes Meaning and Possible Cause Unexpected Timer2 Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Non Maskable Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious 8254 Timer Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Level 5 interrupt GPSP possible ECM fault Spurious Drive Comm Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Loader Comm Interrupt possible ECM fault Spurious Diag Comm Interrupt possible ECM fault Watch Dog Expiration SCSI bus may have lost terminat
58. magazine into the mini library doorway Since the magazine is slotted you can insert the magazine in the correct orientation only 2 Slide the door to close 3 Ensure the door is fully closed before you proceed 4 30 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 11 5 Selecting a Cartridge from the Magazine After a successful initialization the mini library automatically selects the first slot containing a cartridge and the Select button becomes active To select a cartridge press the Select button to advance to the next slot containing a cartridge 4 11 6 Loading the Cartridge into the Drive To load the cartridge from the magazine into the drive press the Load Unload button Table 4 11 explains what happens after you press the button Table 4 11 After Loading the Cartridge Stage What Happens 1 The elevator moves to the selected slot 2 The cartridge is then removed from the magazine and placed in the elevator 3 The elevator moves to the drive position and inserts the cartridge into the drive The display reads LDR ACT until the tape loads to BOT 5 After the cartridge is inserted into the drive the display reads DRV ACT 6 After the cartridge is fully loaded and at BOT the display reads DRV RDY DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 31 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 11 7 Unloading the Cartridge CAUTION Do not pr
59. mode the DATA IN phase only contains buffer data 8 4 14 3 Descriptor Mode In this mode a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information are returned The drive returns the descriptor information for the buffer specified by the Buffer ID In this mode the drive does not reject the valid Buffer IDs with a CHECK CONDITION status but returns all zeros in the READ BUFFER descriptor The Offset Boundary is 12 OCh indicating buffer offsets should be integral multiples of 4K DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 95 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Bit z ds bh h hb b h lo o ooo Buffer Capacity eel Figure 63 READ BUFFER Descriptor 8 96 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 15 READ POSITION 34h Bit ee SC a eS e Reserved O c po Reseed O Byte aa o OOOO E e __resened tru Figure 64 READ POSITION CDB Block Address The LOCATE command uses this identifier to position back to this same logical position in a high performance fashion The Block Type bit indicates how the position is interpreted Since this device uses the same logical block address whether this bit is set or not the setting of BT is ignored NOTE The drive returns CHECK CONDITION with the Unit Not Ready Sense Key with the Read Position command if the media is not ready to be DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 97 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 1
60. module e Slots 5 and 0 a loader transfer assembly e Slots 6 and 0O drive 6 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library NOTE Error indicators do not blink During hardware failures the controller module determines action 6 6 2 1 Clearing a DLT4700 Loader Fault When a loader fault occurs the Load Unload and Eject indicators are on Pressing the Load Unload button the DLT4700 loader attempts to clear the error Pressing Eject the receiver opens to let you access the magazine 6 7 Power Problems If the Power On indicator is not on or your system does not recognize the DLT4500 DLT4700 mini library e Ensure the power plug is secure e Verify with your system manager that the mini library configuration is correct DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 9 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 7 Firmware Update From Tape 7 1 In This Chapter Chapter 7 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section DLT4000 Firmware Update Overview 7 2 Creating a Firmware Update Tape 7 3 Firmware Update Procedure 74 7 2 DLT4000 Firmware Update Overview The DLT4000 Cartridge Tape Subsystem family can automatically update the controller firmware directly from a tape containing the appropriate information The user places the subsystem into Firmw
61. not the same revision as that of update taking about 5 minutes the update tape 4 During a DLT4500 code update the drive a Automatically reads the tape NOTE Calibration and directory processing cause the tape to move for a few minutes before data is actually read b Examines the data c Verifies the data is a valid DLT4500 code image When the drive code update completes the controller s flash EEPROM memory is updated with the new code image d Resets and goes through POST and the code update tape cartridge returns to the magazine The LDR RDY message displays 5 Ifthe code update succeeds the mini library resets itself A magazine scan takes place 7 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 4 2 1 Interpreting the Results DLT4500 Code Update The following results can occur Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 2 Results DLT4500 Code Update lf The code update cartridge unloads from the drive and loads into the magazine slot from which it came The code update cartridge does NOT unload from the drive and load into the magazine This means The update succeeded The controller s flash EEPROM memory is updated with the new firmware image The update failed The drive may reset and the ERR UNK message may display The mini library should still be usable but this depends on why the update failed The reasons for failure could be And you should Begin oper
62. rate 1 0X10 A 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 4 DLT4000 Functional Specifications cont d Functional Specifications Error Rate Unrecoverable Read interchange recoverable error rate Read unrecoverable error rate Tracks 128 tracks 64 pairs Linear Bit Density 81 600 bpi per track 1 Nominal compression ratio Actual compression is data dependent 2 Included format data user data post amble and so forth for extended tape DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 7 Technical Specifications A 4 Identifying the Correct AC Power Cord WARNING Do not attempt to modify or use an external 100 115 VAC power cord for 220 240 VAC input power Modifying the power cord can cause personal injury and severe equipment damage An AC power cord was supplied with your unit Carefully inspect it and make sure that it is the correct one for your country or region based on the criteria listed below If you feel the supplied AC power cord is not correct contact your authorized Quantum service representative The AC power cord used with this equipment must meet the following criteria 1 UL and CSA Certified cordage rated for use at 250 VAC with a current rating that is at least 125 of the current rating of the product In Europe the cordage must have the lt HAR gt mark 2 The AC plug must be terminated in a grounding type male plug designed for use in your country It m
63. take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference The shielded interconnect cable shipped with the unit should not be altered or modified in any way The unit shipped without a shielded cable must use a shielded interconnect cable Warning This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Achtung Dieses ist ein Gerat der Funkstorgenzwertklasse A In Wohnbereicghen konnen bei Betrieb dieses Gerates Runfunkstorungen auftreten in welchen Fallen der Benutzer fur entsprechende GengenmaBnahmen verantwortlich ist Attention Ceci est un produit de Classe A Dans un environment domestique ce produit risque de creer des interferences radioelectriques il appartiendra alors a l utilisateur de prendre les mesures specifiques appropriees Table of Contents Chapter 1 Overview and Features of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Product TV Ine This Chapter iis iecssndedssettaiiceudatiorstihcesndaitvesniatice mia toee T ER 1 1 1 2 Product Overview sights ah hee eG gah ea tga 1 1 1 3 Fast Data Transfer Rate isinde oi ae ia Ree 1 2 1 4 Pi gh Capacity it sccncceveietrenttyratean take tienen palette at 1 2 1 5 Copa aaa asda Aton aries sisi a A a hed 1 2 1 6 Strong Media in e eri ieee tessa a SANESE ca yeas 1 3 1 7 Compatibility ovsecsctestesscxbsdivtevesd tos fe eins inte saves cod need bo bv E E E E E E 1 3 1 8 Firmware Updat
64. tape cartridge 3 23 write protect switch 4 25 5 21 Cartridge insert release handle when to operate 3 12 Cleaning tape cartridge when to use 3 23 4 33 Code Update CUP Status Packet D 8 Combined header and data mode 8 95 Commands sequential access device commands 8 15 Supported SCSI 2 medium changer device 8 131 Compaction 1 2 Compatibility 1 3 Conducted emissions A 22 Conducted susceptibility A 23 Configuration DLT4000 Tabletop 2 5 DLT4500 mini library 4 3 DLT4700 Mini Library 5 2 Connecting the SCSI Signal 4 8 Connection power cord 2 8 Control byte 8 14 Control mode 8 82 Control Mode Page 8 56 Controls cartridge insert release handle 2 3 3 12 description 2 3 3 12 diagram 3 11 front panel 2 3 3 11 Unload button 3 12 Data cache 8 4 Data compression 8 58 8 84 Data mode 8 95 Data protection 3 19 4 25 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 Index Data transfer 8 1 Data Transfer Element Status Page 8 143 Data transfer rate 1 2 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information B 1 Density Select Mode Displays 4 16 selecting 3 8 4 21 5 9 Density select mode 4 22 Density native default 4 23 Description DLT4000 tape drive A 2 A 6 DLT4500 Mini library A 4 DLT4700 Mini library A 5 Descriptor mode 8 95 Design life A 27 Device Capabilities page 8 133 Device configuration 8 60 8 86 Diagnostics 1 3 Diagram indicators and controls 3 11 loading a cartr
65. target desserts the REQ for the last byte of the previous phase Generally ATN will be recognized immediately by the DLT4000 drive and it will change the bus phase to Message Out 8 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem STATUS phase is requested by the initiator The only exception is during error cases when the device Status bytes the tape drive returns are as follows GO REQUEST SENSE command should be sent following this status to determine unable to accept a command from an otherwise acceptable initiator The initiator for commands issued with the LINK bit set Following the return of this status command RESERVATION CONFLICT 18h This status is returned by the drive whenever initiator with a RESERVE UNIT command COMMAND TERMINATED 22h This is the status returned for a command indicates that a contingent allegiance condition has occurred NOTE In contrast to the BUSY status condition the DRIVE NOT READY Sense command and indicates that a media access command has been issued installed the media has been unloaded the drive is currently initializing In the not ready state the initiator cannot perform any operation which would cause will return a CHECK CONDITION status with a DRIVE NOT READY sense key and a GOOD status may be returned DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 5 DLT4000 SCSI Interface These commands are as follows INQUIRY LOAD UNLOAD LOG SENSE SELECT
66. the magazine The receiver then opens to allow access to the magazine Result In both situations once the receiver is closed again a magazine scan begins and the indicators turn back on when the scan completes 5 20 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 9 Magazine The front of the magazine has numbers 0 through 6 that indicate the number of the slot NOTE Insert and remove all cartridges at the front of the magazine 5 9 1 Inserting a Cartridge into the Front of the Magazine To simplify cartridge insertion place the magazine on a flat surface with the slots facing you Figure 5 4 Each slot is numbered to ensure you are inserting the cartridge correctly in the front of the magazine Usually cartridges are inserted into consecutive slots To insert a cartridge into the magazine 1 Grasp the cartridge with the write protect switch on the right side facing you Figure 5 3 2 Set the cartridge s write protect switch to the desired position If you want to Then Write to the tape Slide the switch to the right orange indicator is not visible Write protect the tape Slide the switch to the left orange indicator is visible 3 Insert the cartridge Figure 5 4 by pushing it into the slot until you hear a click A small metal tab holds the cartridge in place DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 21 Configuring and Operati
67. the logical unit currently attached As a target the tape drive sends this message before a disconnect during a data transfer It does not send a SAVE DATA POINTER message if it intends to move directly to STATUS phase When received as a target it switches to message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT 8 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Synchronous Data Transfer Request SDTR This extended message allows the target and initiator to agree on the values of the parameters relevant to synchronous transfers DLT4000 drive will not initiate the Synchronous Data Transfer Request message but relies on the Initiator to do so The SDTR message has the following format Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Extended Message Identifier 01h Length 3 Message Code 1 SDTR msg Transfer Period min 50 32h Transfer Req Ack Offset max 15 Figure 8 2 SDTR Extended Message Format NOTE The tape drive supports initiating synchronous transfer negotiations with the host but this feature is disabled by default To enable it set the Mode Select VU ERROM parameter EnalnitSyncNeg DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 13 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 Tape Drive SCSI Commands 8 4 1 Control Byte Flag and Link Bits The control byte of the Command Descriptor Block contains the Flag and Link bits Use of these bits is entirely initiator dependent Setting the L
68. transfer 1 2 READ 8 91 READ BLOCK LIMITS 8 93 READ BUFFER 8 94 READ POSITION 8 97 8 98 Read Write Error Log SENSE 8 38 Read Write error recovery 8 51 page 8 79 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 8 100 Receiver 5 24 Regulatory requirements A 26 RELEASE UNIT 8 101 Removing cartridge DLT4500 4 29 REQUEST SENSE 8 102 Reset 6 9 Load Unload button 4 13 5 12 REWIND 8 114 S Safety requirements A 26 SCSI ATTENTION signal responses 8 4 BUS FREE 8 6 BUS PARITY ERRORS 8 6 bus phases 8 4 bus reset 8 3 functionality 8 4 general operations 8 1 interface overview 8 1 message system 8 8 STATUS phase 8 5 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 Index tape drive commands 8 14 SCSI bus terminating 2 8 SCSI cable 2 7 3 7 SCSI commands 4 2 SCSI ID changing 2 5 3 5 4 7 5 3 SCSI ID Select Mode 4 18 Select button 4 13 Select button operation 4 31 Selecting Density 3 8 4 21 5 9 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 8 115 Sense Information format 8 103 Sense Key Information C 1 SENSE page 8 42 Sequential access device commands 8 15 Service mode 5 8 Shipment ranges environmental specifications A 15 Shock requirements environmental requirements A 17 Side view A 11 Slot Select button 5 18 operation 5 18 SPACE 8 120 STATUS phase 8 5 Storage element status page 8 142 Storage ranges environmental specifications A 15 Supported SCSI 2 medium changer device commands 8 131 Switch func
69. use the Density Select button to select 10 0 15 0 GB density the following should happen e The 2 6 indicator remains lit density has not changed yet and the steady indicator indicates recorded tape density e The 10 0 15 0 indicator blinks density change is pending e Density Override indicators When a write from BOT occurs the following should happen e 2 6 turns off e 10 0 15 0 indicators steady e Density Override remains lit 5 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Table 5 1 shows the results of density selection Table 5 1 Results of Density Selection Ihe You did not select the Density Select button You select the Density Select button and if the actual tape density is the same as the density you selected You select the Density Select button and if the actual tape density differs from the density selected Then The indicators show the actual density when the tape is reading or writing The indicators are on steady and the Density Override indicator is off The actual density and Density Override indicator is on For example if the actual tape density is 10 0 GB and the selected tape density is 10 0 GB then the indicator next to 10 0 15 0 is on 1 The indicator with the actual density is on steady 2 The indicator with the selected density blinks 3 Density Override indicators steady For example if the actual tape density
70. uses the SCSI ID to identify or address the mini library Follow these guidelines when you configure the mini library for your system If you are installing the mini Then library as The only SCSI device on the bus Be sure to use a SCSI ID that is unique or one of multiple SCSI devices from any other device or system ID on the on the bus SCSI bus If you need to change the SCSI ID see the section on setting the SCSI ID later in this chapter The last or only device on the You must terminate the bus by installing a SCSI bus terminator 4 4 3 Setting the SCSI ID Choose an unused SCSI ID between 0 and 7 To set the SCSI ID via the front panel See 4 8 Key Lock if the Operator Control Panel is locked or disabled 1 Press and hold the Display Mode button about 5 seconds until the SCSI ID SEL message displays including the factory set SCSI ID See 4 6 3 SCSI ID Select Mode displays Example SCSI ID SEL SCSI ID 0 2 Keep pressing the Select button quickly until the ID number you want displays Figure 4 5 3 Press the Display Mode button again See the display message LDR RDY At this point the mini library drive cannot yet recognize the SCSI ID 4 Issue a bus reset or turn the mini library power off and then on again so the drive can recognize the new SCSI ID DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 7 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 4 4 Connecting the SCSI Signal Cable to the M
71. 0 DLT4700 Subsystem complies with the ANSI standard for SCSI 2 The tape media format follows ECMA approved and ANSI proposed standards The DLTtape IV tape cartridge can be used in the DLT4000 drive With this tape cartridge you may store up to 20 0 GB native formatted data The DLTtape III and DLTtape IIIxt tape cartridge can be used in the DLT4000 drive Using these tapes the user may select tape densities for compatibility The user can select tape density on the loader or drive front panel or by using the SCSI MODE SELECT command The DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Subsystem can write 2 6 6 0 10 0 and 15 0 GB tape formats for 100 interchange compatibility with earlier drives On a write from BOT the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Subsystem reformats the cartridge recorded at 2 6 6 0 10 0 or 15 0 GB format to the new specified format 1 8 Firmware Update Capability The DLT4000 drive includes Flash EEPROM technology that allows easy on site installation of microcode updates from tape 1 9 Embedded Diagnostics The DLT4000 drive has embedded diagnostic software that tells you when head cleaning is required and indicates diagnostic results and drive operating status The drive has embedded data logging of errors for failure analysis DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 3 Overview and Features of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Product 1 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 2 Installing and Configuring t
72. 000000h Parameter List Data Length Figure 8 80 WRITE BUFFER CDB WRITE BUFFER is used with READ BUFFER as a diagnostic function for testing the device data buffer DMA engine SCSI bus interface hardware and SCSI bus integrity It is also used for downloading and updating controller microcode firmware Mode The drive supports the following values within the field If any other value is set the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Mode Description 000b Write combined header and data 010b Write data 100b Download Microcode 101b Download Microcode and Save Figure 8 81 WRITE BUFFER Modes Supported For all modes only a Buffer ID of zero is supported If the Buffer ID field is nonzero the command will be rejected The target detects and rejects commands that would overrun the buffer 8 4 26 1 Header and Data Mode 8 126 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface The data to be transferred is preceded by a 4 byte header consisting entirely of reserved bytes This header is discarded not stored into the buffer The buffer offset field must be zero for this mode 8 4 26 2 Write Data Similar to mode 000b except there is no header in the data passed to the target The Buffer Offset must be zero Potential buffer overruns are detected and the command is rejected 8 4 26 3 Download Microcode Using buffer offs
73. 01 Hard Write Error Log OxA402 Drive Error Log OxA403 Loader Error Log OxA407 Directory Read Fail OxA408 Directory Write Fail D 4 1 Directory Failure Event Logs These event logs are written when a directory read or write request fails for any reason Refer to Figure D 5 and the sections that follow DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 5 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Bits 7 0 Saved Max Overwrites Saved Max ReReads Saved Max ReWrites Dir Called Mode Tape Format when called New Tape Format Missing Block Count Total Expected LBNs Servo EOT Address Unique Media ID CR MSG Buffer Address Figure D 5 Directory Failure Event Logs Saved Overwrites ReReads ReWrites These are fields are used as temporaries and have no use in interpreting these packets Dir Called Mode A code which specifies the original reason for the directory call A value of 1 indicates a directory READ on load a value of 2 indicates a directory WRITE on UNLOAD a value of 3 indicates a directory WRITE on WRITE from BOT Tape Format Called New These fields contain the TMSCP values for the tape format both prior to and after the directory operation Flags A bit mapped field which provides additional status information Refer to Table D 4 D 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Bit Mask 0x01 0x02 0x04 0x08 0x10 0x20 0x40 0x80 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Table D 4 SET
74. 10 15C On indicates Compression mode is enabled Compression can be done in 10 and 20 GB density only 20 On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 20 GB format 20C On indicates Compression mode is enabled Compression can be done in 20 and 40 GB density only WP when displayed indicates the cartridge in the drive is write protected by one of these methods e The write protect switch on the cartridge is set to the write protect position e Host software write protect qualifiers Blank indicates cartridge is write enabled DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 15 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 6 2 Density Select Mode Displays In Density Select Mode the two line display is defined in figure 4 8 DNS CURRENT OVR DENSITY SEL NEW OVR DENSITY Figure 4 7 Density Mode Field Definition Table 4 5 lists the displayed field codes during Density Select Mode operation Table 4 5 Density Select Mode Messages Display Message Tells you DNS The mini library is in Density Select mode SEL CURRENT DENSITY Displays current tape density 2 6 6 10 15 and 20 NEW DENSITY Displays tape density to be used at the next write from BOT OVR e On steady indicates you selected a density from the front panel e Off default indicates density is selected automatically e Flashing indicates a new density has been selected but not yet written to tape OVR Displays what the tape density i
75. 15 Technical Specifications A 8 Vibration and Shock Specifications Section A 8 describes environmental specifications Topic Section Operating Vibration and Shock A 8 1 Nonoperating Vibration and Shock A 8 2 A 8 1 Operating Vibration and Shock Table A 12 lists operating vibration specifications and Table A 13 and Table A 14 lists operating shock specifications Table A 12 Operating Vibration Specifications Vibration type Sine Sweep Frequency range 5 500 5 Hz Upward and downward sweep Acceleration level 0 25 G Between 22 and 500 Hz 0 010 DA Between 5 and 22 Hz crossover Application X Y and Z axes Sweep rate 1 octave per minute Overstress Vibration type Sine Sweep Frequency range 1 500 10 Hz Upward and downward sweep Acceleration level 0 50 G Between 26 1 and 500 Hz 0 010 DA Between 5 and 26 1 Hz crossover Application Vertical axis Sweep rate 1 octave per minute top bottom Table A 13 Operating Shock Specifications All Products Pulse shape 1 2 sine pulse Peak acceleration 10G Duration 10 ms Application X Y and Z axes once in each axis A 16 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 14 Operating Shock Specifications Table Top and Drive Pulse shape 1 2 sine pulse Peak acceleration 5G Duration 11 ms Application 10 G each direction of each axis 35 sec between shocks 60 shocks total A 8 2 Nonoperating Shock and Vibration Table A 15 lists Nonoperating
76. 2 is not supported so the RELEASE command is defined the same as for the tape drive Only the whole loader unit can be released Reserve release of the Loader and Drive LUNs are handled independently DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 101 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 18 REQUEST SENSE 03h oo Operation Code 03h E a ae ote Resend SSCS ees s mea o e 8 REQUEST SENSE CDB REQUEST SENSE tells the target to transfer sense data to the initiator The sense data is valid for a CHECK CONDITION or RESERVATION CONFLICT target until retrieved by the REQUEST SENSE command or until the receipt of any other command from the same initiator the appropriate values in the EOM Sense Key Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier The positional information provided reflects the nondiagnostic data still in its buffer as well as the data on tape REQUEST SENSE does not cause the drive to flush its buffered data to tape precede the REQUEST SENSE with a WRITE FILEMARKS with length 0 Immed 0 command which forces the drive to flush any currently buffered data to tape A the drive to the initiator Allocation Length The drive terminates the transfer when Allocation Length bytes have been transferred or when all available sense data has been transferred to the host whichever is less 8 102 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 18 1 Sense Information
77. 5 1 READ POSITION Data Format First Block Location LSB Number of Block in Buffer 8 READ POSITION Data Format The BOP and EOP bits will be set as appropriate The Block Position Unknown BPU the block address values returned 8 98 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface First Block Location The block address associated with the current logical position the next block to be transferred between the target and initiator if a READ or WRITE command is issued Last Block Location The block address associated with the current physical position the next block to be transferred to the media and from the target s buffer If the buffer is empty or has only a partial block the same value as First Block Location will be reported The first block or filemark written onto the media is at address zero Number of Blocks in Buffer The number of data blocks in the target s buffer Number of Bytes in Buffer The number of data bytes in the buffer that have not been written to the medium DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 99 4 16 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 1Ch Bit ea ee ee ee ee ee ee Operation Code 1Ch ay Logical Unit Number Reserved Reserved Bye MSB Allocation Length LSB Figure 8 66 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS CDB RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS tells the drive to send analysis data to the initiator after completion of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The following d
78. 5 LOAD UNLOAD IBD eres eeeceesseeceseeeeeseecsseecsaeecseesssaeeesaeessaeers 8 25 84 6 LOCATE CBH e tea epee coud toseed acts tadeten suse oe eN Teraa Ee e eens 8 27 84 7 LOG SELECT ACH cu ii a A A a aaa 8 28 8 4 7 1 Operation of LOG SELECT esesseeeseeereesreesrrsrersrrrerrssrererererereres 8 30 8 4 8 LOG SENSE 4Dh a reae anata ro ae EERO E R EE A SEEE 8 34 8 4 8 1 Supported Pages Page Format escceeseccesseeseneecsneessseeseseeeesaee 8 37 8 4 8 2 Read Write Error Log SENSE Page Format Page 2 and 3 8 38 8 4 8 3 Last n Error Events Page 07b essscececceeeesesenceeeceeeeeessnaeeeeees 8 41 8 4 8 4 Read Write Compression Ratio Log SENSE Page Format 8 42 84 9 MODE SELECT TSH origenes etae eeann ee oe e see ep ek epai 8 46 8 4 9 1 MODE SELECT Parameter List seseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeereerreererereeeres 8 47 8 4 9 2 MODE SELECT Pages 0 0 0 eeeeeesecssseeeeseeeeseeeesseecsseesseessseeeesaes 8 50 8 4 9 3 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h eee eeeeeeesecsseeeeseeeeeeee 8 51 8 4 9 4 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02b ecccceeeesceeeeeteeeeeesneeeeeetnees 8 53 8 4 9 7 Control Mode Page OAD eeecceeesseceeseneeeeesneeeeeesaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeanees 8 56 8 4 9 8 Data Compression Page OFN escesseeceseeeesneessneesseeeeseeeesaes 8 58 8 4 9 5 Device Configuration Page 10b ceeeeeesseeeeseecsneessneeeeneeeesaee 8 60 8 4 9 6 Medium Partition Page 11h eee
79. 500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 82 Unit Attention Condition Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on this device and are maintained following circumstances e BUS Reset Bus Device Reset message media may have changed asynchronously e A firmware microcode update has completed a cartridge is loaded Power Up and Not ready to Ready Transition Unit Attentions are created Due to a limited number of Unit Attention buffers if an initiator does not new Unit Attentions for that I L combination but existing ones will be left queued A LOAD command will not generate a Unit Attention for the initiator that issued the e All device SCSI lines go to high impedance when the DLT4000 drive is powered e The DLT4000 drive will not generate any spurious signals on the SCSI bus at e Within 5 seconds of power on and within 250 milliseconds typically under 4 ms return appropriate normal responses Tape motion commands will be returned with Check Condition status Sense Key Not Ready until the media has been e The Hard Bus Reset option is implemented The media is rewound to BOP Beginning of Partition i e Beginning of Tape resets of arbitrarily long duration It will recover within the time limits specified above following the last bus reset 8 3 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 2 6 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction The DLT4000 drive contains a data cache that buffers blocks records
80. CEIVE DIAG RESULTS 8 4 16 17 RELEASE 8 4 17 03 REQUEST SENSE 8 4 18 16 RESERVE 8 4 19 1D SEND DIAGNOSTIC 8 4 21 00 TEST UNIT READY 8 4 23 3B WRITE BUFFER 8 4 26 Medium Changer specific commands Commands with significant Medium Changer specific content The Inquiry Send Diagnostic Receive Diagnostic Results Read Write Buffer and Request Sense commands are documented in the preceding sections The rest of this chapter covers Medium Changer unique commands DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 131 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 1 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 07h Bit EE Operation Code 07h 5 Figure 8 83 Initialize Element Status CDB This command causes the medium changer to initialize the element status 8 132 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 MODE SENSE SELECT 1Ah 15h All three pages that are specific to Medium Changers are supported 8 5 2 1 Device Capabilities Page 1Fh The drive supports the Device Capabilities Page which has the following format Page Code 1Fh Byte Reserved C Reserved peor rain _fiesot_ finan so Reserved C Reserved Menr jamen Figure 8 84 Device Capabilities Page Format Bit Field Values e Elements that can store media StorDT StorST e Valid Source gt Destination pairs ST gt DT DT gt ST All the MT gt XX and the XX gt MT entries are zero since the loader will not accept a Medium Transport e
81. Calibration and directory processing cause the tape to move for a few minutes before data is actually read b Automatically reads the cartridge Examines the data d Verifies the data is a valid DLT4000 firmware image Firmware update mode is automatically cleared at this point If the firmware image is valid and e If the drive code is up to date the drive code does not go through an update e If the drive code is not up to date the drive code goes through an update taking 2 to 3 minutes 4 While the drive code goes through the update the Write Protect and 5 Tape in Use indicators flash alternately When the drive code update is complete the drive resets and goes through Power On Self Test POST The process waits until the tape is reloaded at beginning of tape BOT DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 7 Firmware Update From Tape If the firmware image is valid the controller s flash EEPROM memory is automatically updated with the new firmware image The Write Protect and Tape in Use indicators flash again during the controller firmware update 7 4 1 1 Interpreting the Results DLT4000 Code Update Two possible results can occur The firmware update cartridge is unloaded this means a successful update On the DLT4000 drive the media is placed into the cartridge the door is unlocked and the green Operate Handle indicator is turned on The firmware update cartridge is NOT unloaded
82. Combined Header and Data 010b Data 011b Descriptor Figure 8 61 READ BUFFER Modes Supported Buffer ID amp Offset The drive only supports a single Buffer ID field of zero and offsetting of data is not supported If these fields are nonzero the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set 94 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Allocation Length The Allocation Length specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned data 8 4 14 1 Combined Header and Data Mode In this mode the drive returns a 4 byte header followed by the data bytes The drive terminates the DATA IN phase when Allocation Length bytes of header and data have been transferred or when all available data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less The 4 byte READ BUFFER header is followed by data bytes from the target data buffer The header has the following format Bit gt es eS I0 Byte 2 Available Length Figure 8 62 READ BUFFER Data Head Available Length The Available Length field specifies the total number of data bytes available in the target s buffer This number is not reduced to reflect the allocation length nor is it reduced to reflect the actual number of bytes written using the WRITE BUFFER command Following the READ BUFFER header the target will transfer data from its data buffer 8 4 14 2 Data Mode In this
83. DB MODE SELECT enables the host to configure the device Implementing MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE requires a certain amount of handshaking between the host and the drive Before configuring the drive the host should issue a MODE SENSE to get the current configuration and determine what parameters are configurable The host interprets this information and may then issue MODE SELECT to set the drive to the host s preferred configuration The drive always powers up with its default configurations set This is also true if the drive receives a BUS DEVICE RESET message or a hard reset through the RST line on the SCSI bus PF The Page Format bit indicates that the data sent by the host after the MODE SELECT header and block descriptors complies with the definition of pages in the SCSI 2 specification The SCSI 1 format will not be implemented so this bit is required to be set It is an ILLEGAL REQUEST to have page parameters while the PF bit is off SP This bit must be zero The save Parameters bit instructs the drive to save all savable pages This is not supported PARAMETER LIST LENGTH This specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SELECT parameter list that is transferred during the DATA OUT phase A zero Parameter List Length indicates that no data is transferred 8 46 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 1 MODE SELECT Parameter List The MODE SELECT parameter list shown below contains a 4 b
84. DLT4000 power cord connections with the DLT4000 power switch off Try to unload the tape and reinitialize the drive by pressing the Unload button or turn drive power off and then on again The right or left side indicators stop blinking and the drive tries to reinitialize The indicators turn on steady again and go off if the test succeeds Ensure the SCSI bus is terminated Use an ac outlet for the DLT4000 tabletop drive on the same ac line powering the system After taking the action listed in Table 2 4 power on the DLT4000 tabletop drive to rerun POST If all right or left side indicators blink again you most likely have a hardware failure 2 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 1 In This Chapter The configuration section in this chapter applies to the basic drive without the SCSI ID switchpack and power supply Chapter 2 applies to configuring the tabletop Chapter 3 includes these main topics and sections Topic Section Before You Install the DLT4000 Drive 3 2 Selecting Density 3 3 Overview of the Front Panel 3 4 Description of Controls and Indicators 3 5 Description of the Tape Cartridge 3 6 Loading a Cartridge 3 7 Using the Cleaning Tape Cartridge 3 8 Unloading a Cartridge 3 9 Preserving Cartridges 3 10 3 2 Before You Install the DLT4000 Drive Section 3 2 includes Topic Section Disabling Parity Checking 3 2 1 Chang
85. DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Figure 5 1 shows the SCSI ID pushbutton switch location Figure 5 1 Changing the SCSI ID via the Pushbutton Switch SCSI Connector Wire Cable Clamps Pushbutton Switch Fan Power Connector Power Switch Voltage Selection Switch 5 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 4 Mode Select Key The Mode Select key Figure 5 2 on the front of the loader locks the loader transfer assembly into the enclosure and locks the receiver closed The key has four modes Mode Use OCP Disabled Operational Automatic Operational Manual Operational Service Servicing procedures 5 4 1 OCP Disabled Mode When the magazine is inserted into the receiver and the receiver is closed the loader transfer assembly scans the magazine The first cartridge in the magazine automatically loads into the drive When you copy data to the tape operations stop if one of the following happens e Storage capacity of the last tape cartridge is exceeded e No tape cartridge is in the next sequential slot in the magazine To lock the DLT4700 mini library into the enclosure and lock the receiver set the Mode Select key to OCP Disabled The following results of setting the Mode Select key to OCP Disabled are e The OCP pushbuttons are disabled e SCSI media changer commands are disabled e If t
86. E DATA POINTER 02h 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface ABORT 06h This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear on the selected unit the current I O process Buffered cached write operations will be completed if possible The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this message Current settings of Mode Select parameters and reservations are not affected Commands data and status for other initiators is not affected This message can be sent to a logical unit that is not currently performing an operation for the initiator If no unit has been selected the target goes to BUS FREE and no commands data or status on the target is affected ABORT TAG 0Dh This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear on the selected unit the current I O operation only The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this message Current settings of Mode Select parameters and reservations are not affected The data on the cache will be flushed to the tape BUS DEVICE RESET 0Ch This message from an initiator clears all commands data and status in the tape controller When it recognizes this message the drive flushes the cache to tape and proceeds to the BUS FREE state The drive then executes a hard reset which leaves it as if a Bus Reset had occurred CLEAR QUEUE 0Eh This message clears all I O processes
87. EGAL REQUEST INVALID FIELD IN CDB e If PCR bit is set to 1 and parameter list length is not zero e If SP bit is set 1 e A parameter list length that would cause a parameter within a valid page to be truncated or otherwise incompletely initialized DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 29 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 7 1 Operation of LOG SELECT The purpose of the LOG SELECT command is to allow the initiator to modify and initialize parameters within the logs supported by the device There are two ways to initialize the log parameters First set the PCR bit in the LOG SELECT CDB this clears all parameters Secondly individual pages can be cleared by specifying the log page and the parameter value as the log parameters The following pages can be cleared in this manner Page Code Page Description 02b Write Error Counter Page 03b Read Error Counter Page 32b Compression ratio page Figure 8 14 Clearable Log Pages If multiple pages are sent during this DATA OUT phase they must be sent in ascending order according to page code Otherwise the command will terminate with a CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST The same status will be returned if an unsupported Page Code appears in any header or if the specified page cannot be cleared 8 30 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interfa
88. ENP Ready AEN Permission The DLT4000 drive does not support asynchronous event notification AEN so this bit must be 0 UAAENP Unit Attention AEN Permission The DLT4000 drive does not support asynchronous event notification so this bit must be 0 Ready AEN Holdoff Period The DLT4000 drive does not support asynchronous event notification so this field must be 0 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 57 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 6 Data Compression Page 0Fh The Data Compression Page specifies parameters for the control of data compression This page allows you to turn DLT4000 drive compressed format on and off independently of the tape s position and allows you to enable or disable decompression of DLT4000 drive compressed data during write operations Bit ek a a So MSB Compression Algorithm LSB MSB 1 Decompression Algorithm LSB 12 MSB 15 Reserved LSB Figure 8 36 Data Compression Page OFh Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred This is the Data Compression Page The valid value for the Page Code is OFh Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of bytes in the Data Compression Page that follow this byte The valid value for this byte is OEh DCE Data Compression Enable The Data Compression Enable bit specifies whether the DLT4000 drive should enable or disable data compression When the DCE bit is 1 the DLT4000
89. Error Not allowed if not at BOT DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 111 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 19 RESERVE UNIT 16h Bit Icicle Ss Ie ea ey Operation Code 16h Logical Unit Number 3rdPty Third Party Device ID RSVD Figure 8 71 RESERVE UNIT CDB RESERVE UNIT reserves the specified drive for exclusive use by the requesting initiator or for another specified SCSI device The reservation remains in effect until one of the following conditions is met e The initiator that made the reservation sends another RESERVE UNIT command e The drive is released by RELEASE UNIT from the same initiator e A BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator e A hard reset occurs The occurrence of the last two conditions is indicated by the drive returning a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of UNIT ATTENTION on the next command following the condition It is not an error to issue RESERVE UNIT to a drive that is currently reserved to the requesting initiator If the logical unit has previously been reserved by another initiator the target returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status If after honoring the reservation any other initiator attempts to perform any command except INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE UNIT the command is rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status A RELEASE UNIT command issued by another initiator is ignored by that reserved logical unit 3rdPty The third party reservation opt
90. Example If you loaded a tape with a prerecorded 2 6 GB density and you use Density Select mode to select 10 GB density Before a write from BOT occurs you should see the 2 6 show steady and the 10 and OVR flash in the display LDR RDY 2 6 10 OVR After a write from BOT occurs you should see the selected density 10 and the OVR show steady in the display LDR RDY 10 OVR Table 4 9 Results of not Using or Using Density Select Mode Table 4 9 shows results If Then You did not use Density Select The display shows the actual density mode when the tape is reading and writing You used Density Select mode and The display shows the actual density on the actual tape density is the same steady and OVR on steady as the density you selected You used Density Select mode and On operation before Write from BOT the actual tape density differs from the display shows the density you selected 1 Actual tape density on steady 2 Selected density flashing 3 OVR flashing On operation after write from BOT the display shows 1 Selected density on steady 2 OVR on steady 4 22 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 9 2 Programmable Host Selection via Your Operating System To select density via the SCSI bus 1 Do a SCSI MODE SELECT with the density you want For more details see the chapter on SCSI Interface 2 Write data to the tape from BOT 4 9 3 2 Defa
91. K ES TE B 3 D 1 EEROM LOG Packet Types eecceeessecsseecsseeceseeceseeeesaeessaeecsaeessseeeesaeeesaes D 2 D 2 Bugscheck Error Codes siosio i dos ieo fis tabs Ee e Mavis Pos Sevesdin seeks NE ESES D 3 Contents DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xxiii Contents D 3 Event Log Codes D 4 Directory Event Log Flags D 5 Directory Event Status D 6 68020 Code Update Status D 7 Servo Code Update Status xx1v DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem REVISION HISTORY This Revision History provides a concise publication record of this manual It lists the manual revision levels release dates and reasons for the revisions Manual No Date Summary of Changes 81 108336 01 81 108336 02 81 60043 01 5 May 95 10 Mar 96 Original issue Caution added for unloading a tape cartridge Part Number 81 108336 02 disabled Manual wide trademark copyrights and verbiage upgrades Fast Data Transfer Rate correction page s 1 2 Figure 2 1 upgraded page s 2 2 Figure 3 6 upgraded page s 3 11 Section E added to POST testing page s 3 14 Table 3 2 Operate Handle description updated and label update page s 3 15 Description of tape cartridge updated page s 3 17 Loading a Cartridge Notes added page s 3 20 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xxv Revision History Manual No Date Summary of Changes Unloading a Cartridge added CAUTION note page s 3 24 Chap
92. LDRCYCLERESET ENAREPDECOMP SCSIRESRELNOP 8 66 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Value Rep ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCTI Decimal ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary Default Skip Default 0 Usage To turn on off feature of not to disconnect on every fixed block data transfer To protect tape directory if the cartridge write protect switch is in write protect position To report error status if cleaning light is on To report 18 or 6 bytes medium transport element status descriptor if parameter is on or off To force all the EEROM parameters reset to default if set To return vendor unique inquiry string if set To set default SEW parameter To enable target initiated synchronous negotiation if set To report recovered error if parity error has been retried successfully if set To make non DLT density code act as the default density same as density code 0 if set To make variable Read command handled as if the SILI bit is set if set 0 1 Don t cache filemarks unless Imm bit is 1 2 Cache if not 2 in a row unless Imm bit is l 3 Always cache filemarks To cause the first cartridge to be loaded if unloading the last cartridge when the loader product is operated in sequential mode if set If set and the drive is on Read mode th
93. N CDB e Ifa page is not supported e If the parameter pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page e If SP bit is set to 1 e If the Allocation Length is smaller than the data being returned by target 8 4 8 1 Supported Pages Log Page Page 0 When page 0 is requested the 4 byte page header is returned followed by the pages supported in ascending order one byte for each Bit kep fe 3 fo 0 Reserved _ Page Code 00h Byte MSB Page Length 05H LSB Figure 8 20 Supported Pages Page Format DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 37 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 2 Read Write Error Log Page Page 2 and 3 Each Log page will begin with a 4 byte header followed by n number of log parameter blocks each block of 8 bytes except for parameter code 5h The log parameter block for the Parameter total bytes processed 5h will be 12 bytes since the parameter value is 8 bytes long Log Page Header eer Page Code Bye L Reserved O MSB Page Code LSB MSB Parameter Code LSB fp oe Los rem ere me Tea or 3 Parameter Length Parameter Value Figure 8 21 Read Write Error Log SENSE Page Format Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specific in the LOG SENSE CDB Page Length The Page Length specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes of the heads For example if PPC bit is zero and paramet
94. Product Data pages 80h Unit Serial Number page COh Code Build Information page If the page code field contains a different value the drive generates a CHECK CONDITION with ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key Allocation Length This specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned Inquiry data An Allocation Length of zero indicates that no Inquiry data is transferred This condition is not considered an error The drive will terminate the DATA IN phase when Allocation Length bytes have been transferred or when all available Inquiry data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 17 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 4 1 Drive Inquiry Response The DLT4000 drive passes back the following information in response to an INQUIRY command on the drive LUN Bit 7 Ie b pL bP bf b Cs a Device Type Modifier Byte 36 55 Vendor Unique bytes Applies to code version V25 and future updates but does not apply to code version V20 or earlier code versions Figure 8 5 INQUIRY Response Data Peripheral Qualifier The tape drive returns one of the following values in this field e 000b The indicated Peripheral Device Type is connected to the logical unit e 001b The indicated Peripheral Device Type is not connected to the logical unit however the tape drive is capable of supporting the indicated Peripheral Device Type at the specified logical unit
95. Products A 19 A 19 Nonoperating Packaged Shock Drop Specifications Table Top and DiVersi na a E E E cons csdan consid sd oehs cea obiua E A E S A 19 A 20 Nonoperating Unpackaged Vibration Specifications eseeeeeeeeeees A 19 A 21 Nonoperating Unpackaged Shock Specifications esceeseeeeseeeeeeeees A 20 A 22 Conducted Emissions cccesesceccesseceeeesnceeeeeeeeecesneeeecnsneeeceesaeeeeennees A 22 A 23 Radiated Emissions 30 MHz to 30 GHZ ccccccccccccccccccceceeecececeeeeeeeeees A 22 A 24 Low Frequency Magnetic Fields 10 to 3000 KRZ A 22 A 25 High Frequency Electric Fields 1 to 1000 MHZ A 23 A 26 Fast Transient Bursts for Power and Data Cables cccceesscseeeeeeeees A 23 A 27 High Energy Transient Voltage for Power Cables eseceseeeeneeeeneees A 23 A 28 Low level Conducted Interference ecsccceeeesceeeeteceeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeenees A 24 A 29 ESD Failure Level Limits cccesessccessneeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeceeeeeceseaeeeeeeaees A 24 A 30 Acoustic Noise Emissions Nominal ccccccccccccccccccccccccceecceceeeceeeeeeeeees A 24 A 31 Reliability Factors ccs sesesesseccsssscteneseoncneesonesenscnssoenesonessneenesserenenees A 27 A 32 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications ccceeeeeeseceseeceseeeeeneeesneers A 28 Bet Internal Status Codear nsa e EAE TE EE TRER B 1 B 2 Internal Status Bit Flag S i o a eaaa E o EE a ER a
96. Quanturrr ARGS Pok THE EL ree DLT 4000 DLT 4500 DLT 4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Product Manual Quantunrr ARGS Piok THE Ee ree kT DLT 4000 DLT 4500 DLT 4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Product Manual March 10 1996 81 60043 01 Quantum reserves the right to make changes and improvements to its products without incurring any obligation to incorporate such changes or improvements in units previously sold or shipped You can request Quantum publications from your Quantum Sales Representative or order them directly from Quantum Publication Number 81 60043 01 SERVICE CENTERS Quantum Service Center Quantum Asia Pacific Pte Ltd 715 Sycamore Avenue 50 Tagore Lane b1 04 Milpitas California 95035 Singapore 2678 Phone 408 894 4000 Phone 65 450 9333 Fax 408 894 3218 Fax 65 452 2544 DLTtape is a trademark of Quantum Corporation DLT is a trademark of Quantum Corporation Copyright 1996 by Quantum Corporation All rights reserved Printed in USA The following FCC Notice applies to the DLT 4000 drive FCC NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in residential installation Any changes or modifications made to this equipment may void the user s authority to operate this equipment This
97. SENSE Pages Supported Parameter Pointer The Parameter Pointer field allows the host to specify at which parameter within a log page the requested data should begin For example if a page supports parameters 0 through 5 and the Parameter Pointer field contains 3 then only parameters 3 4 and 5 are returned to the initiator Similarly if a page supports parameters 1 3 and 6 and the Parameter Pointer field contains 2 then only parameters 3 and 6 are returned to the initiator If Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page then the target will terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB NOTE Parameters within a page are always returned in ascending order according to parameter code Allocation Length The Allocation Length field is used to inform the target how much space the initiator has allocated for data There must be sufficient space allocated for all the requested data otherwise the command will terminate with a CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 8 36 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Error Detection Summary in LOG SENSE CDB The following conditions constitute errors that will be detected by the drive in relation to the CDB The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST INVALID FIELD I
98. SI Interface SEW and Buffer Size At Early Warning The Synchronize at Early Warning bit is set to 1 Buffer Size at EW is not supported and must be zero Select Data Compression Algorithm One enables data compression a zero disables it The front panel setting will override what is specified in the MODE SELECT but no error will result If the front panel is returned to automatic mode the value from the last MODE SELECT command will determine whether compression will be used or not 8 62 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 8 Medium Partition Page 11h The drive supports the Medium Partitions Parameter Page which has the following format Bit ae EE To frsol 0 _____ Pacctoderin one o ramia Pantons Derea D E D E E Medium Format Recognition 01 oe Figure 8 38 Medium Partition Page Format Maximum Additional Partitions No additional partitions are supported this field must be zero Additional Partitions Defined The field specifies the number of additional partitions to be defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Since only one partition is supported this field must be zero Option Flags FDP Fixed Data Partitions bit must be zero SDP Select Data Partitions bit must be zero IDP Initiator Defined Partitions bit must be zero PSUM Partit
99. T 4Ch Bit Fe a SR a ES FP a oo Operation Code 4Ch Byte 4 Reserved Reserved MSB Parameter List Length LSB Figure 8 12 LOG SELECT CDB Reese 6 Reserved EA e o LOG SELECT allows the host to manage statistical information maintained by the device about its own hardware or the installed media The description should be read in conjunction with the description of the LOG SENSE command which follows it to provide the reader with information about log page format parameters and supported pages The command specific bits are used as follows e PCR If Parameter Code Reset bit is set to 1 and parameter list length is 0 all accumulated values of page code 2 3 and 32 are set to zero and all threshold values are set to default If PCR is set to 1 and the Parameter List Length Field is not zero the command will be terminated with a CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB e SP The Save Page bit is not supported and must be set to zero If the SP bit is set the command will be terminated with CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of IELEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB e PC The Page Control field defines the type of parameter values to be selected 8 28 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface PC Type of Parameter Values 00b Threshold Values 01b Cumulative Values 10b Default Threshold Va
100. T4700 Mini Library Physical Specifications 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeseeesseeseneeeeneeeee A 5 A 4 DLT4000 Functional Specifications eeseeesecsseecsseeceseeeeeeeessseesseessneeeee A 6 A 5 DLT4000 Timing Characteristics 00 0 ceceeeccssseessneeceneeceeeesseeessaeeesneeesaeers A 12 A 6 DLT4000 Media Loader Timing Characteristics 0 cesseeseeeesreeeeneeeeneees A 13 A 7 DLT4000 Media Loader Timing Characteristics esecesseecesseeeereeeeneees A 13 A 8 Operatiti S Ran Ses ss tsisc iiir a E E RAE tioned A 14 A 9 Power on Ranges No Tape Loaded Unpacked 24 hours eeeeeeeeee A 15 xxii DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 10 Storage Ranges Unpacked or Packed eee eeeseeeseecsseeeeseeeeeeessaeeseeeeeee A 15 A 11 Shipment Ranges 2 30 sit tuiiteivteeti obec deen a a A 15 A 12 Operating Vibration Specifications cc ccceeesceeeeeseceeeeeeeeceeeeeeessneeeees A 16 A 13 Operating Shock Specifications All Products scceesssseeeeesreceeeeennees A 16 A 14 Operating Shock Specifications Table Tops and Drive ceseee A 17 A 15 Nonoperating Shock Overstress Bench Handling Unpackaged SPECI CatiONs Fen E eel eles emt E E E etait deen A 17 A 16 Nonoperating Packaged Vibration Specifications cecsseeeeseeeeeeees A 18 A 17 Nonoperating Packaged Repetitive Shock Specifications eee A 18 A 18 Nonoperating Packaged Shock Drop Specifications All
101. Table 4 7 e Firmware Update Mode Table 4 8 4 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Table 4 2 lists each button and its function Table 4 2 Mini Library Operator Control Panel Button Display Mode Select Load Unload Open Function The Display Mode button allows the user to select Normal Density Select SCSI ID Select mode or Firmware Update Mode Normal Mode is the default setting after either mini library power up or mini library reset e Selects SCSI ID and density e Moves in increments the current slot number on the display to the next slot number e Loads the currently selected cartridge into the tape drive e Unloads the cartridge currently in the tape drive e Resets the mini library if a loader error has occurred When the ERR LDR message displays press the Load Unload button to reset the mini library e Opens the magazine door to access the magazine for loading and unloading cartridges e Unloads the cartridge currently in the tape drive and returns the cartridge to its original slot Then opens the magazine door DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 13 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 6 1 Normal Mode Displays In Normal Mode the two line display is defined in figure 4 6 Autoloader Status reference table 4 3 HC SLOT DENSITY WP NUMBER Figure 4 6 Normal Mode Field Definition Tab
102. The user can select density by using any of the following 1 Ona write from beginning of tape BOT tape density is selected by one of the following e Front panel Density Select mode NOTE The user can perform a front panel density selection at any time but the selection takes effect only on the next write from BOT e Programmable host selection via your operating system e Native default density 20 GB 30 GB or 40 GB at 2 1 Compression assuming you did not use the Select mode or the host selection 2 On all read operations and all write append operations the recorded density is the density to be used CAUTION Doing any write from BOT destroys existing data on tape 4 9 1 Front Panel Density Select Mode To select density via the front panel 1 Ifa tape is loaded in the drive the display shows the tape s pre recorded density 2 The user can use the mini library OCP at various times not just after you load a tape Density selection is inactive until you issue the write from BOT command The controller remembers the density selection state until you do one of the following e Change the density selection e Press the Open button to open the door 3 Enter Density Select mode by pressing the Display Mode button and then the Select button on the OCP Using Density Select mode always overrides a host selection DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 21 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library
103. This is the default or normal mode of the DLT4700 mini library This mode allows the DLT4700 mini library to load and unload cartridges as needed during backup procedures When the user engages the Automatic Mode a SCSI unload command is issued not only is the currently loaded cartridge unloaded from the drive and restored to its position in the magazine the next higher numbered cartridge is loaded into the drive A SCSI load command is unnecessary except to load the lowest numbered cartridge upon inserting the magazine When you copy data to the tape operations stop if one of the following happens e Storage capacity of the last tape cartridge is exceeded e No tape cartridge is in the next sequential slot in the magazine To lock the DLT4700 mini library into its normal operating position in the enclosure but leave the receiver unlocked set the Mode Select key to Automatic mode The following results of setting the Mode Select key to Automatic mode are e The OCP pushbuttons are enabled e SCSI media changer commands are enabled e Cartridges are sequentially loaded by the SCSI unload command but the lowest numbered cartridge is not automatically loaded upon magazine insertion Behavior in this mode is modified by the EEPROM parameters ENALDRAUTOLD 1 and DISLDRAUTOLDMC 0 which enable both sequential and random access functionality 5 4 3 Manual Mode Automatic loading and unloading of cartridges does not occu
104. Using DLTtape IIIxt the density defaults to 15 0 GB native or 30 0 GB compression Using DLTtape IV the user can select density by any of the following operations 1 On all read operations and all write append operations the recorded density is the density to be used 2 Ona Write from BOT the tape density may be changed by e The Density Select button Using the Density Select button always overrides a host selection e A programmable Host Selection via your operating system The Density Override indicator is off indicating automatic or host density selection e Native Default density 20 0 GB and Compress assuming the Density Select button or the host selection was not used How to Select Density To select density with the DLT4000 drive 1 Load the tape in the drive The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks while the tape loads and calibrates 2 After calibration completes Tape in Use remains lit 3 The indicator shows the tape s prerecorded density such as 2 6 GB or 6 0 GB 3 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 4 You can use the drive s control panel at various times not just after loading a tape Density selection is inactive until the write from BOT command is issued The controller remembers the density selection state until you do one of the following e Change the density selection e Unload the tape Density Select Example If you
105. a Pages seessseseeeseseseereesrreseresrrrsrresrrssrresessees 8 23 8 8 Unit Serial Number page eeceeecsssccseecessneecseeceseeessaeeesaeesaeecssaeeeesaeessaes 8 23 8 9 Firmware Build Information page escseseccsseseseecceseeeseecseecsseeeneeeseees 8 24 8 10 LOAD UNLOAD CDB nicesi errie r a rE a iae 8 25 SlIT EOCA TE ODB a tbe Si at ek EE 8 27 8 12 LOG SELECF CDB 2 0 eosin o a EE tied ETE E E ETENE 8 28 8 13 LOG Page Control Definitions esseeeeeeseseseereseretesrresreseresrresrresreesessreesere 8 29 8 14 Clearable Log Pages eeseesseeseeesreesseresseressressressressrereresreeressstessressressresste 8 30 8 15 Read Write Error Log Select Page Format ceeceeseeseseesneceesseeeeseeeesaes 8 31 8 16 Parameter Codes Supported 0 eeeeesssecssecsssceeeseecesaeeesaeecsaeesseesneeeessaes 8 33 8 17 LOG SENSED CDB eticssis nines ea diadeadieniieiids 8 34 8 18 LOG Page Control Definitions 0 0 0 0 eee eescecsseeceeeeeesseeesaeecsaeecseeseseeeesaes 8 35 8 19 LOG SENSE Pages Supported ceceeeseeeseecsseeeeseecesseeesaeecsaeecseeeeseeeesaes 8 36 8 20 Supported Pages Page Format eeseeesecssecssceesseeeesseecsaeecsaeecseeeesaeeesaes 8 37 8 21 Read Write Error Log SENSE Page Format cecceseeseseessseeeeseeeeeeeeesnes 8 38 Contents DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xvii Contents 8 22 Parameter Codes Supported 0 0 0 au hrinn aia e i a aA 8 39 8 23 Threshold Me
106. al loading feature Table 8 4 A media loader does not affect the device s processing of the LOAD flavor of the LOAD UNLOAD command DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 25 DLT4000 SCSI Interface The command specific bits are used as follows Immed If this bit is set status is returned as soon as the operation is started Otherwise the status is returned after the operation has completed Re Ten Re tension operations are not needed on the DLT4000 drive so this bit is ignored that is good status if the bit is set Load When a cartridge is inserted the media is automatically loaded and positioned by the drive at BOM Logically the drive will be positioned at the beginning of Partition 0 If the Load bit is set and the media is already loaded no action is taken If the media was unloaded but the cartridge was not removed a Load will cause it to be loaded to BOP again and made ready If the Load bit is zero and media is loaded the drive writes any buffered data and filemarks to the tape and rewinds the tape to BOM and unloads the media into the DLT4000 cartridge The green Operate Handle light turns on and the cartridge can be removed from the drive If the media is already unloaded no action is taken EOT This bit is ignored by the DLT4000 drive unless both the EOT and Load bits are both set then the drive returns CHECK CONDITION ILLEGAL REQUEST 8 26 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subs
107. are Update Mode via the front panel and then simply load a tape that includes the DLT4000 firmware image file The subsystem automatically reads and verifies the tape information as a valid DLT4000 firmware image If the image data passes all the verifications the image data is installed into the controller s nonvolatile code memory This chapter details the firmware update procedure Before doing the procedure remember CAUTION During the firmware update when the new image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs a powerfail but not BUS RESET causes the controller module to be unusable When doing a firmware update take reasonable precautions to prevent a powerfail DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 1 Firmware Update From Tape 7 2 1 Updating Firmware on a Standalone System The user can update the subsystem even when the subsystem is not attached to a SCSI bus that is a standalone system However to perform an update the Power On Self Test POST must pass first and to pass POST needs a properly terminated bus The single ended DLT4000 controller module has active terminators Note the jumper covering the two pins labeled on the etch TRM PWR The differential DLT4000 controller module does not have on board termination 7 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape To do a firmware update on a standalone system 1 Find the TRM PWR connector o
108. artridge from BOT 12 sec 27 sec 12 sec 51 sec 48 0 sec 17 0 sec A 6 4 DLT4700 Media Loader Timing Characteristics Table A 7 lists timing characteristics of the DLT4700 media loader Table A 7 DLT4700 Media Loader Timing Characteristics Nominal magazine scan Move cartridge slot to drive Move cartridge drive to slot Error recovery Load media on to drive amp ready for I O processing Unload media from drive to cartridge from BOT 12 sec 27 sec 25 sec 30 sec 48 0 sec 17 0 sec DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 13 Technical Specifications A 7 Environmental Specifications Section A 7 describes environmental specifications including Topic Section Temperature and Humidity A 7 1 Altitude A 7 2 The tape drive conforms to an environment that includes general offices and workspaces with e Conditioned and marginally conditioned areas with central or remote air conditioning e Complete temperature and humidity controls e Moderate control tolerances e Systems capable of maintaining comfort levels for example typical offices and general work areas e Marginal heating or cooling apparatus e No humidity conditioning e Uncontrolled tolerances e Systems inadequate to maintain constant comfort levels for example marginal offices and work spaces A 7 1 Temperature and Humidity Table A 8 lists the operating temperature and humidity ranges Table A 8 Operating Ranges Dry Bulb Temperat
109. ata If the Fixed bit is set to one the Transfer Length specifies the number of blocks to be in Fixed Block mode When the Transfer Length is zero no data is transferred and the current position on A successful READ with the Fixed bit set to one transfers current block length x Transfer Length bytes of data to the host Upon termination of READ the Suppress Incorrect Length Indicator SILI If the SILI bit is one and the fixed bit is one the target terminates the command with additional sense code of INVALID FIELD in CDB If the SILI bit is not set and the actual block length is different from the specified Incorrect Length Indicator ILI bit and Valid bit will be set to one The Sense Key DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 91 DLT4000 SCSI Interface field will be set to NO SENSE The Information Bytes will be set to the difference residue between the requested transfer length and the actual block length or in Fixed Blocked Mode the difference residue between the requested number of blocks and the actual number of blocks read No more than transfer length bytes are transferred to the initiator and the tape is logically positioned after the block EOM side Filemark End of Data and End Of Medium partition Handling If the drive reads a Filemark it will return a CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the Filemark and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE The Information f
110. ata will be returned by this command A REQUEST SENSE command should be issued to obtain more detailed information following a check condition on a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Bit Pa ee E ConvaierPresentFiag ae Media Loader Error Flag Figure 8 67 Receive Diagnostic Result Data Format This information simply indicates which of the main components of the subsystem has failed testing 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 4 17 RELEASE UNIT 17h Bit p J RCT To operation Goce rm id m Figure 8 68 RELEASE UNIT CDB RELEASE UNIT releases the drive if it is currently reserved by the requesting initiator It is not an error to attempt to release the drive if it is not currently reserved by the requesting initiator However if it reserved by another initiator the drive is not released 3rdPty The third party release option for RELEASE UNIT allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved using the third party reservation option If the third party 3rdPty bit is zero then the third party release option is not requested If the 3rdPty bit is one the drive is released if it was originally reserved by the same initiator using the third party reservation option and if the device is the same SCSI device that was specified in the third party device ID field 8 4 17 1 Medium Changer Considerations The optional Element reservation feature defined for Medium Changer devices in SCSI
111. ating the mini library DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 11 Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 2 Results DLT4500 Code Update Cont d lf This means The code update cartridge contains a corrupted image file or the file is built improperly 7 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 1 And you should Press the Unload button to unload the tape cartridge from the drive Press the Open button to open the magazine door Remove the magazine and close the door The mini library does an elevator scan Open the door again The message LDR RDY displays Verify you have the valid image for your drive type variant in the magazine Ensure the image copied to the tape cartridge is using a block size of 4096 Try the code update procedure again using the valid tape image If you still cannot do the update call your service representative Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 2 Results DLT4500 Code Update Cont d lf This means And you should e The tape cartridge 1 Press the Unload with the valid button to unload update image is not the tape cartridge readable from the drive 2 Press the Open button to open the magazine door 3 Remove the magazine and close the door The mini library does an elevator scan 4 Open the door again The message LDR RDY displays 5 Rebuild the valid image on a good cartridge 6 Try the cod
112. ations 7100 cycles in the x orientation 7100 cycles in the y orientation A 18 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 18 Nonoperating Packaged Shock Drop Specifications All Test type Drop height Application Products Drop shock 30 in items lt 20 9 lbs 24 in 21 lt items lt 40 9 Ibs 18 in 41 lt items lt 60 9 lbs 12 in 61 lt items lt 100 lbs 10 drops total 1 each side 3 edges 1 corner Table A 19 Nonoperating Packaged Shock Drop Specifications Table Test type Drop height Application Top and Drive Drop shock 42 in items lt 20 0 Ibs 36 in 20 0 lt items lt 40 0 Ibs 16 drops total Table A 20 Nonoperating Unpackaged Vibration Specifications Vibration type Frequency range Acceleration level Application Vibration type Frequency range Acceleration level PSD envelope Application Sine Sweep 1 500 10 Hz Upward and downward sweep 1G 10 500 10 Hz X Y and Z Sweep rate 1 2 octave per minute axes Random Sweep 5 500 Hz Upward and downward sweep 2G 0 008 G Hz X Y and Z Sweep rate 60 min axis axes DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 19 Technical Specifications Table A 21 Nonoperating Unpackaged Shock Specifications Nonoperating Unpackaged Pulse shape Peak acceleration Duration Application Pulse shape Peak acceleration Duration Application Square wave 40 G 180 in sec v
113. before the ERASE is executed Immed If the Immediate bit is set to zero the target will not return status until the selected operation has completed If the bit is set to one status will be returned as soon as the operation has been initiated Long The Long bit controls the distance to be erased If the bit is set filler and EOD blocks will be written if needed and then the entire rest of the tape will be erased NOTE This command is an NOP on the DLT4000 drive unless the Long bit is set Issuing the ERASE command away from BOT is an ILLEGAL REQUEST 8 16 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 4 INQUIRY 12h Bit ee Ae ee C Byte Page Code Allocation Length Figure 8 4 INQUIRY CDB INQUIRY tells the drive to send information regarding the device s parameters to the initiator The INQUIRY command executes normally even if the specified LUN is not attached INQUIRY returns a Check Condition status only when the target cannot return the requested Inquiry data If INQUIRY is received from an initiator with a pending UNIT ATTENTION condition before the drive reports CHECK CONDITION status the target will perform the INQUIRY and will not clear the UNIT ATTENTION condition EVPD The DLT4000 drive implements the Vital Product Data pages option on LUNs 0 and the optional medium loader LUN Page Code There are three Vital Product Data pages implemented 00h Supported Vital
114. ble A 31 Reliability Factors Design life Seven years Design life statistics provide the point at which statistical failure rate begins to rise Head life 10 000 tape motion Continuous operation hours MTBF 80 000 hours Quantum Corporation does not warrant that predicted MTBF is representative of any particular unit installed for customer use Actual figures vary from unit to unit The MTBF figure is measured at 100 duty cycle excluding the head life Tape life 500 000 passes DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 27 Technical Specifications A 12 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications Table A 32 lists the media characteristics Table A 32 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications DLTtape Ill Description Width Length Cartridge Dimensions Shelf Life Usage DLTtape IIIxt Media Description Width Length Cartridge Dimensions Shelf Life Usage DLTtape IV Description Width Length Cartridge Dimensions Shelf Life Usage Quantity 0 5 in metal particle 1200 ft 4 1 in x 4 1 in x 1 0 in 30 years min 20 C amp 40 RH non condensing 500 000 passes Quantity 0 5 in metal particle 1800 ft 4 1 in x 4 1 in x 1 0in 30 years min 20 C amp 40 RH non condensing 500 000 passes Quantity 0 5 in metal particle 1800 ft 4 1 in x 4 1 in x 1 0 in 30 years min 20 C amp 40 RH non condensing 500 000 passes A 28 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem
115. bled by changing the EnaParErrRetry parameter in the VU EEROM device performance the data stream on writes cannot be pipelined as well DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 3 SCSI Message System purpose of physical path management To support certain SCSI 1 initiators an Identify message is not required by the should be an IDENTIFY ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message If the DLT4000 drive receives any other message in this case it will go directly to BUS The following messages are supported Code 06 OD OC OE 00 04 01 80 FFh 05 0A OB 09 07 08 03 02 In Out Out Out Out Out In In Both Both Out In In Out Both Out In In Table 8 1 Supported SCSI Messages Description ABORT ABORT TAG BUS DEVICE RESET CLEAR QUEUE COMMAND COMPLETE DISCONNECT EXTENDED MESSAGE SDTR only IDENTIFY INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE w flag MESSAGE PARITY ERROR MESSAGE REJECT NO OP RESTORE POINTERS SAVE DATA POINTER Section ABORT 06h ABORT TAG ODh BUS DEVICE RESET 0Ch CLEAR QUEUE 0Eh COMMAND COMPLETE 00h DISCONNECT 04h EXTENDED MESSAGE 01h IDENTIFY 80h FFh INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR 05h LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE 0Ah LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE with flag 0Bh MESSAGE PARITY ERROR 09h MESSAGE REJECT 07h NO OP NO OPERATION 08h RESTORE POINTERS 03h SAV
116. buffered write data to the tape If the drive is in Buffered mode and WRITE FILEMARKS is received the requested Filemarks are appended to the data and the write buffer is flushed to tape A zero value in the Number of Filemarks field indicates that no Filemarks are to be written to the tape but still flushes any write data to tape If EOT is detected while writing Filemarks the drive finishes writing any buffered data and terminates with CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the EOM bit is set the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P detected The drive will attempt to complete any subsequent WRITE FILEMARKS returning a CHECK DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 129 DLT4000 SCSI Interface CONDITION status in each case If the drive encounters the physical EOM when attempting a WRITE FILEMARKS CHECK CONDITION status is returned 8 130 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 Supported SCSI 2 Medium Changer Device Commands On the Medium Changer LUN only commands defined for this device type are allowed The following commands are implemented Table 8 12 SCSI 2 Medium Changer Commands Opcode Command Section 07 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 8 5 1 12 INQUIRY 8 4 4 15 MODE SELECT 8 5 2 1A MODE SENSE 8 5 2 A5 MOVE MEDIUM 8 5 3 3C READ BUFFER 8 4 14 B8 READ ELEMENT STATUS 8 5 4 1C RE
117. c adaptive mechanism to dynamically adjust its Full Empty ratios according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Write Delay Time This indicates the maximum time that the drive will wait with a partially full buffer before forcing the data to tape 100 ms increments The buffer Full Empty ratio which is dynamic can cause data to be written sooner than the Write Delay time would indicate The Write Delay Time defaults to 200 C8h This causes the buffer to be flushed in 20 seconds Maximum value is 6500 1964h and the minimum is 15 OFh This represents delays from almost 11 minutes down to 1 5 seconds Values between 0 and 15 on a MODE SELECT are rounded down to 0 This causes the data to go straight to the media without delay Byte 8 DBR set to 0 data buffer recovery not supported BIS set to 1 Block Identifiers Supported in media format RSmk set to 0 Setmarks not supported AVC set to 0 SOCE set to 0 RBO set to 0 REW set to 0 Do not report Early Warning EOM on reads Gap Size This field is not used and is set to zero EOD Defined This field is set to 00h any other value will be rejected by the drive EEG The Enable EOD Generation bit is set to indicate that the drive will generate an EOD The drive generates an EOD mark before any change of direction following a write type operation This bit is ignored on MODE SELECT DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 61 DLT4000 SC
118. c Emission Requirement scccseeeeeeseessneeeeeeeeeee A 26 A 11 Drive Reliability Factors cccccessssecessscceeeeseeeesenneeeeesaeeeeessaeeseesnneeeeneas A 27 A 12 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications cesceeseeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesneers A 28 Appendix B Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information Bel Tn TisvA pp endaxss eA a E R boetenenssenesd B 1 xiv DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Contents Bi 2 AnteralsS tats s1is c sdsstse cdsteardassarsi scons Moe A lavaustie hein A EES B 1 Appendix C Sense Key Information C 1 In This A ppendix sescsscc i eiiieities koe etl eens eee C 1 Appendix D EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs D 1 EEROM Packets Last n Error Events ccccccccssssssecceeceecceesseeeeeeeeesseesaee D 1 D2 Bugcheck Packets inre cies cs cecutvensesneiseasuen EEE EE EE E RA D 2 D3 PO ST failure pac ketsa a e cick titan WSR alte D 4 Da Event Log packets scsciccceccias siscesiaccsvediveceavacavecateasaverecivacscedevvevarccvevetccuecaeceaves D 4 D 4 1 Directory Failure Event Logs 00 ceeesecesceceseeeeceneeeseeceeceseeeesaeeesaeees D 5 D 5 Primary Status Secondary Status ce eeseeescceseecsseeeeesseecseeesaeesseessneeenenes D 7 D 6 Code Update CUP Status Packet ccceeesscceessncceeeceeneecceseeesesneeeeensneeeeeees D 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xv Contents 2 1 Drive Front Patnel sssccsccccssss
119. cates the number of bytes in that page No Requested Page Error Recovery Page Disconnect Reconnect Control Mode Page Data Compression Page Device Configuration Medium Partition EEPROM parameter All Pages Except EEPROM Figure 8 49 MODE SENSE Pages Supported PS Bit A Parameters Savable PS bit of one indicates that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive If the PS bit is zero the supported parameters cannot be saved Savable pages are not supported Additional Page Length This indicates the number of bytes in that page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT 4 10 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h The drive will support the Error Recovery Page which has the following format a es a Ie To es fo ___ Page coceom Additional Page Length OAh E 2 Rsa Rsa mB rev Eer Per ore ocr Byte 3 Read Retry Count E Pe Css Pe Wteetycomt Ce Figure 8 50 Error Recovery Page Format Option Flags e TB The Transfer Block when not fully recovered function is not supported e EER The Enable Early Recovery function is always enabled e PER The Post Error bit turns on reporting of Check Condition to report recovered read write errors The default setting of this bit is off e DTE The Disable Transfer on Error feature is not supported so this bit will
120. ccessive blocks missing across objects Drive state not valid for command Drive error Drive communication timeout error Drive unloaded Unable to write no CRC Block to append to not found Data synchronization error read after write not happening Missing block s in current entity Drive hardware write protected Reposition target not found Long gap encountered blank tape or no data encountered End of data or filler block encountered File mark encountered EDC error found by GPSP3 FECC RAM bad Beginning of medium encountered EDC error Hard write error GPSP3 Underrun Hard write error Read Sync Timeout Hard write error Overshoot Append Hard write error CRC error EDC error found by GPSP3 FECC RAM ok Timeout on command to medium changer Medium changer UART error overrun Medium changer response length error Medium changer detected error B 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Dec 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 Bit No 1 2 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information Table B 1 Internal Status Code cont d Hex Description 28 Invalid source slot 29 Invalid destination slot 2A Source slot empty 2B Destination slot full 2C Medium changer motion error 2D Medium changer drive interface error 2E Medium changer slot interface error 2F Medium changer mechanical error 30 Medium changer hardware error 31 Medium changer controller error 32 Unrecog
121. ce LOG SELECT PAGE FORMAT Each Log page will begin with a 4 byte header followed by n number of log parameter blocks one block for each parameter code Each block except for parameter code O5h will be 8 bytes The parameter block for code 05h will be 12 bytes Log Page Header Bit 7 Ie b khk bh bk j Jo 0 Reserved Page Code Byte MSB Page Code LSB Log Parameters e MSB Parameter Code LSB 2 o Los rsp Tere e ae J 3 Parameter Length Bye a fe Parameter Value Figure 8 15 Read Write Error Log Select Page Format Page Code The Page Code specifies what Log Page this LOG SELECT command is for Page Length The Page Length specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes of the header Parameter Code Parameter codes supported for the read write error counter pages are described in Figure 8 16 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 31 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Parameter Control Bytes Byte 2 of Log parameter block in Figure 8 15 is referred to as the parameter control byte DU Disable Update DU bit is not defined for LOG SELECT and the target ignores any value DS and TSD Saving parameters is not supported they both should be set to 1 If the DS and or TSD are set to zero the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST with the additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST
122. ceceseeeseeeesaeeesneeesaeers 8 86 8 53 Medium Partition Page Format eee eesecsseecsseeecesseeseeeesaeecsaeesseeeseaes 8 88 8 56 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL CDB cceceeeseesseeeneeeeeeeee 8 90 8 97 READ CDB cess cssates ins Sochs dos sees ed is tea tees a a aeo Se ae a sa e eS ei 8 91 8 58 READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB sssiseesseeiseernresteerstreerressteesreeeredersvericeriverstres 8 93 8 59 READ BLOCK LIMITS irii a a Ee 8 93 8 60 READ BUFFER CDB cc eescccscceeseeceseeeessseecsscecsseecssaeesaeessaeecesseesnsaeeesaes 8 94 8 61 READ BUFFER Modes Supported e cc eeeeeesceceeeeesseeceseeeesseeesaeecsneesaeers 8 94 8 62 READ BUFFER Data Head 0 cee eeceesseeneeesnseeceseeeesaeecsaeecsaeecseessneaeeesaes 8 95 8 63 READ BUFFER Descriptor ie rise eaea a Ea EEE ea SEEE EA ESEE 8 96 8 64 READ POSITION CDB 00 eeecceseeeesneeeseecssceesseeeesaeessaeecsaeesseesssaeessaes 8 97 8 65 READ POSITION Data Format eee eescecsseeeeseeeesseeesaeecsaeecseeeeseeeesaes 8 98 8 66 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS CDB 1 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeee 8 100 8 67 Receive Diagnostic Result Data Format eeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeeeee 8 100 8 68 RELEASE UNIT CDB o0 c cscccccteceeceeesdepessteesboeonedepscunesenosebedepscoteseneensedenee 8 101 8 69 REQUEST SENSE CDB riita etsa e ta E a a a aea etanat 8 102 8 70 REQUEST SENSE Daf reniri noiai ioie AE EAEE 8 103 827 1 RESERVE UNI OD Bi e ao aa Ee rees u aA EE a E Eaa 8 112
123. cording to the setting of the DCE bit byte 02 bit 7 returned for this bit is 1 DDE Data Decompression Enable or disabled as follows 0 Data decompression is disabled When the DLT4000 drive reads compressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the initiator Therefore the value returned RED Report Exception on Decompression The DLT4000 drive does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between Compression Algorithm The value returned for the Compression Algorithm field is 10h This indicates Decompression Algorithm The value returned for the Decompression Algorithm field is 10h This indicates parameter EnaRepDCcomp is set zero value will be reported if the last block read is not decompressed 8 85 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 7 Device Configuration Page 10h The drive supports the Device Configuration Page which has the following format Bit ee al a 0 Po fs 0 ___ Page code io rf Additional Page Length oh Pe res ome a Aeteromat ore 3 S CStne Paton Pa Ste ter Fut Raio Hs E MSB Write Delay Time LSB aor as ve ser eo re E Buffer Size at Early Warning optional Select Data Compression Algorithm Figure 8 54 Device Configuration Page Format PS Saving parameters is not supported and will be zero CAP CAF Active Format These fields are not supported and will be zero Active Partition Only partition 0
124. d Aborted Bh 43 00 Message error 44 82 Command Complete sequence failure 45 00 Select Reselect Failure C 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Sense Key Information 47 00 SCSI parity error 48 00 IDE Message received 49 00 Invalid Message Error 4E 00 Overlapped commands attempted e Volume Overflow Dh no additional sense code e Miscompare Eh no additional sense code NOTE The Filemark EOM ILI bits may be set even though ASC ASCQ 00 00 1 FM EOM ILI bit may be set with no sense key 0 and ASC ASCQ 00 00 2 FM EOM ILI bit may be set with recovered error 1 and ASC ASCQ 00 00 3 FM EOM ILI bit may be set with medium error 3 and ASC ASCQ 00 00 4 EOM bit is set at Volume Overflow Dh and ASC ASCQ 00 00 5 FM byte 2 bit 7 EOM byte 2 bit 6 and ILI byte 2 bit 5 are fields in request data See figure on REQUEST SENSE Data DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem C 5 Sense Key Information C 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Appendix D EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs D 1 EEROM Packets Last n Error Events The DLT4000 products keep certain error and event logs in semi permanent non volatile memory EEROM on the ECM There is room for a total of 14 such information packets in EEROM each consisting of 98 bytes 96 data bytes plus 2 control bytes of information Packets can be written for many different reasons and several pack
125. d bit set and then receives another command which would involve tape motion or TEST UNIT READY the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status with a NOT READY sense key set Operation of the Unload version of this command will be different if a media loader is present Two modes of operation are possible when a media loader is attached If none of the media loader specific commands has been issued then the device will operate in the sequential mode of operation Once a media loader specific command has been issued the sequential mode of operation is disabled and the UNLOAD command becomes a no op If the device is still in the default sequential mode of operation and an UNLOAD command is received by the subsystem the current cartridge will be unloaded and automatically moved to the magazine slot from which it originated Then the cartridge from the next slot in the magazine if not empty is automatically moved from the magazine into the drive loaded and made ready If the next magazine slot is empty no CHECK CONDITION status is created When the cartridge is unloaded into magazine slot 6 the last one the subsystem does not cycle back to slot 0 This prevents accidental overwriting of data when using the subsystem in sequential auto loading mode The next cartridge must be selected and loaded manually or with a SCSI Move Medium command EEROM parameters ENALDRAUTOLD and DISLDRAUTOLDMC can be modified to enable disable the sequenti
126. de View DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 11 Technical Specifications A 6 Performance Specifications Section A 6 describes performance specifications including Topic Nominal Tape Tension DLT4000 Media Loader Timing Characteristics DLT4500 Media Loader Timing Characteristics DLT4700 Media Loader Timing Characteristics A 6 1 Nominal Tape Tension Nominal tape tension is 3 0 1 oz when stationary 4 7 1 oz at operating speed A 6 2 DLT4000 Timing Characteristics Section A 6 1 A 6 2 A 6 3 A 6 4 Table A 5 lists timing characteristics of the DLT4000 tape drive Table A 5 DLT4000 Timing Characteristics Read Write Tape Speed 98 in sec Rewind Tape Speed 150 in sec search Linear Search Tape Speed 150 in sec search Average rewind time 70 sec Maximum rewind time 140 sec Average access time from BOT 45 sec Maximum access time from BOT 90 sec Load to BOT previously written 48 sec if using a blank tape time is slightly longer Unload from BOT 17 sec A 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 6 3 DLT4500 Media Loader Timing Characteristics Table A 6 lists timing characteristics of the DLT4500 media loader Table A 6 DLT4500 Media Loader Timing Characteristics Nominal magazine scan Move cartridge slot to drive Move cartridge drive to slot Error recovery Load media on to drive amp ready for I O processing Unload media from drive to c
127. determine when to use the cleaning cartridge Table 4 12 When to Use the Cleaning Cartridge If It means And you should 1 The HC The drive head Use the cleaning cartridge message needs cleaning or Follow the instructions in this displays the tape is bad item chapter to insert a cartridge into 3 in this table the magazine and load into the drive When cleaning completes the cleaning cartridge unloads from the drive and returns to the magazine The LDR RDY message displays 2 A data The data cartridge Back up this data onto another cartridge causes may be damaged cartridge Discard the old the HC message cartridge which may be to display damaged A damaged cartridge frequently may cause unnecessary use of the cleaning cartridge 3 The HC Your data cartridge Try another data cartridge message still may be causing the displays after problem you clean the drive head 4 The HC Cleaning has not Replace the cleaning cartridge message been done and the displays after cartridge is expired you load the cleaning cartridge NOTE The cleaning cartridge expires after about 20 uses DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 33 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 34 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Chapter 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 1 In This Chapter The configuration section in this chapter applies to the mini library and its opera
128. direct sunlight and away from heaters and other heat sources Store tape cartridges in temperatures between 10 C and 40 C 50 F to 104 F For longer cartridge life always store the cartridge in its plastic container and in room environment conditions of 72 F 7 F 22 C 4 C If the tape cartridge has been exposed to heat or cold extremes stabilize the cartridge at room temperature for the same amount of time it was exposed up to 24 hours Do not place cartridges near electromagnetic interference sources such as terminals motors and video or X ray equipment Data on the tape can be altered Store tape cartridges in a dust free environment where the relative humidity is between 20 and 80 For longer cartridge life store the cartridge at 40 20 relative humidity Place an identification label only in the slide in slot on the front of the cartridge Do not adhere labels to a cartridge anywhere except in the slide in slot 3 26 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 4 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 4 1 In This Chapter Mini Library The configuration section in this chapter applies to the mini library and its operation Chapter 4 includes these main topics and sections Topic Section Introduction to the DLT4500 Mini Library Configure the DLT4500 Mini Library Installation Test Operator Control Panel Key Lock Selecting Density Tape Cartridge Description Magazine Description
129. drive starts in compressed format DCC Data Compression Capable The Data Compression Capable bit is used by the MODE SENSE command to indicate that the DLT4000 drive supports data compression 8 58 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface DDE Data Decompression Enable When the DLT4000 drive reads compressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the initiator Data compression is always enabled so this bit must be set to 1 enable data decompression RED Report Exception on Decompression The DLT4000 drive does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between compressed and uncompressed data The RED field must be 00h Compression Algorithm The Compression Algorithm field indicates which compression algorithm the DLT4000 drive will use to process data from the initiator when the DCE bit byte 02 bit 7 is 1 The only value currently supported for this field is 10h NOTE Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the DLT4000 drive to return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Illegal Request Sh However if EEROM parameter EnaRepDecomp is set the parameter in this field is ignored and not Check Condition status is returned Decompression Algorithm The Decompression Algorithm field indicates which decompression algorithm the DLT4000 drive will use when decompressing data encountered on the tape The only value curren
130. e Indicates a loader transfer assembly error or drive error Identifies the current slot see Slot Select button Each current slot indicator blinks when its corresponding cartridge moves to or from the drive Also used with the Magazine Fault or Loader Fault indicator to show the type of fault Section 6 6 1 and Section 6 6 2 Indicates the user can choose a density on the OCP DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 13 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Table 5 2 DLT4700 Operator Control Panel Cont d Button Indicator Color Density Override Yellow 2 6 Yellow 6 0 Yellow 10 0 15 0 Yellow 20 0 Yellow Function Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady you selected a density from the front panel Off default density to be selected by the host automatic Blinking you are in density selection mode Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady tape is recorded in 2 6 GB format Blinking tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT only in DLTtape IID Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady tape is recorded in 6 0 GB format Blinking tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT only in DLTtape IID Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady tape is recorded in 10 0 15 0 GB format Blinking tape is recorded in another density Yo
131. e where you can see the metal tab next to the slot number press in on the cartridge until it stops and you hear a click Then release The slot has a spring release action DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 29 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library NOTE Never apply labels to the top or bottom of tape cartridges Doing so can cause cartridge jams in the mini library Use the space on the front of the cartridge for labels 4 11 3 Removing the Magazine from the Mini Library To remove the magazine from the mini library first ensure the OCP is enabled or unlocked via the key lock Figure 4 1 Then 1 Ifa tape is loaded in the drive press the Load Unload button to unload the tape from the drive and load it into the magazine Press the Open button Figure 4 5 to open the door of the mini library Pressing just the Open button also returns the tape to the magazine and opens the door 2 Slide the door all the way to the left 3 Grasp the magazine s handle and pull the magazine out of the mini library 4 11 4 Installing the Magazine into the Mini Library To install the magazine into the mini library open the mini library door by pressing the Open button CAUTION Do not force open the magazine door manually Always use the Open button to open the door electronically Ensure the door is moved all the way to the left 1 Hold the magazine by the handle Figure 4 11 and slide the
132. e Product Family Use Table 8 3 to determine what Product Family Bit value represents Table 8 3 Product Family Bit Values Product Family Bit Drive Density 0 Not Specified 1 2 6 GB 2 6 0 GB 3 10 0 20 0 GB 5 20 0 40 0 GB 6 15 0 30 0 GB Released Flag This flag differentiates between released and test versions of firmware One indicates released code Vxxx or field test code Txxx Released code has no Minor FW Version number byte 38 is 0 Field Test and engineering versions of code have non zero Minor FW Version numbers for tracking purposes Various Version Numbers In binary not ASCII Firmware Personality Numeric indicator of firmware personality Set to 4 Firmware Sub Personality Further differentiates product versions currently set to a 1 Loader Present Nonzero if a media loader is present Library Present Nonzero if a library is attached Module Revisions A four byte ASCII string represents the revision of the hardware module 8 22 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 4 3 Vital Product Data Pages The following figures show the information in the supported Vital Product Data Pages lO Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Byte Page Code 00h 00h this page 6 Cn Firmware Build Info page VU _ Figure 8 7 Supported Vital Product Data Pages oo Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Byte Page Code 80h Reserved Page Length 0Ah
133. e SCSI LUN ID for the mini library and tape drive 20 s maximum A 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 2 3 DLT4700 Mini library Physical specifications Table A 3 lists the key physical specifications for the DLT4700 mini library Table A 3 DLT4700 Mini Library Physical Specifications Description Rack Mount Table Top Height 26 47 cm 10 42 in 27 25 cm 10 73 in Width 22 20 cm 8 74 in 22 54 cm 8 875 in Length 68 5 cm 27 0 in 68 5 cm 27 0 in Weight 24 95 kg 55 Ib 29 54 kg 65 Ib Environmental temperature Operating 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F Nonoperating 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F Humidity Operating 20 to 80 noncondensing 20 to 80 noncondensing Nonoperating 10 to 95 Certifications EMI 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Class A devices Safety Meets UL CSA TUV BG Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards MARK and IEC standards Maximum number 7 7 of cartridges Electrical rating 100 to 120 220 to 240 V ac 2 1 A 100 to 120 220 to 240 V ac 2 1 Voltage Selection Switch A Voltage Selection Switch AC power 82 W typical 82 W typical requirements 113 W maximum 113 W maximum Communication SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended inter
134. e and SCSI protocol features All care is taken to ensure accuracy however some of the parameters drawings and specifications being under constant review and enhancement may change Who Should Use This Manual This manual is written for the subsystem or system integrator and users of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Structure of This Manual Chapter 1 Overview and Features of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Product gives a product overview and lists the product features of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 cartridge tape subsystem DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xxvii Preface Chapter 2 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive describes installing and configuring the DLT4000 tabletop tape drive Chapter 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Tape Drive includes selecting density configuration and other operation information for the tape drive such as front panel indicators and controls Power on Self test the tape cartridge write protect switch loading a cartridge using the cleaning tape unloading a cartridge and preserving cartridges Chapter 4 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library includes configuration selecting density and other operation information for the loader such as the power on process the loader Mode Select key the operator control panel and functions of the Slot Select Load Unload and Eject buttons Chapter 5 Configuring and Operatin
135. e decompression algorithm field in Data Compression mode page will be set if the last block requested by the host was decompressed otherwise it is cleared SCSI Reserve Release Unit commands are NOP if set DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 4 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters cont d Name DISUNBUFMODE NODEFERRCVDERR SCSIBUSDMATIMER SCSIRESELRETRIES SCSIRDYEARLY REPORTRCVRDERR NORDYUAONUNLD REDUNDANCYMODE REPBUS YINPROG Value Rep ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Decimal ASCII Decimal ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Binary ASCII Decimal ASCII Binary Default 10 Length Bytes 0 Usage The drive disables unbuffered mode i e it ignores the Mode Select buffered mode selection to turn off buffered mode if set The drive reports deferred recovered error as current recovered error is set The amount of seconds the drive times out waiting for ACK once DMA transfer started When set to 0 the timer is set to infinite The number of reselection retries the drive made before giving u Each reselection retry occurred every 1 second When set to 0 the drive does infinite reselection retries The drive report Ready status earlier if set This parameter set the default value of PER bit of Read Write Error Recovery Mode page 01h When set Not Ready to Ready unit attention will be removed from the unit attention queue upon a successful unload Set the value of t
136. e written to the tape On the right side of the write protect switch is another symbol an arrow over one line This symbol indicates that if you slide the write protect switch to the right data can be written to the tape 4 24 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Figure 4 10 shows the write protect switch on the tape cartridge Orange Write Write Enabled Write Indicator Protect Protected Switch Figure 4 10 Write Protect Switch on a Cartridge 4 10 2 Data Protection If you move the cartridge write protect switch to the left and then load the tape the WP write protect message displays Table 4 10 describes what happens to data protection when you move the write protect switch before you load the cartridge Table 4 10 Before Loading the Cartridge If you move the write protect switch Then To the left the tape is write protected You cannot write data to the tape with the orange indicator showing To the right the tape is write enabled You can write data to the tape if it is not software write protected DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 25 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 11 Description of the Magazine The front of the magazine has numbers 0 through 4 to indicate each slot number NOTE Insert and remove all cartridges at the front of the magazine Magazine Handle Cartridge Slo
137. e Capability 0 eee eescccssceecesneecsscecssecsseeeesaeeesaeercnseeeesaes 1 3 1 9 Bimbedded Diagnostics is i3 si ctsassscsasevete ste sieavecetaste sd xl naaassesteatashaaht eats stendaaeied 1 3 Chapter 2 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop 2 1 In This Chapter 23 c cuciiweysht tithe et tiple at aa a rr 2 1 2 2 Prepare for the Installation cecccceeesccceeeeneeceeeeeeeceeeeeecesnaeeeeesaeeceeeeseeeeess 2 1 2 2 1 Before You Starts wuss eiur cesus ena A E nhs secu te deem beseeeads 2 1 2 2 2 Anstallation S Ctup x4 c32c55 R coos cn she des e e E aa EE E iTS 2 2 2 2 3 Site Set e SSE E EEEE EEA NETSE aTa 2 2 2D A Site GuideliiE Sen a E e Sav e cand E A aS 2 2 2 3 Install the Drvene ane rnein enen eee erea nea eee raresa e eSEE reene EEE RETEK NE Snn 2 4 2 4 Configure the DLT4000 Tabletop ssessseesseseseresressrreserrsrrrsrersrersresressresereesrees 2 5 2 4 1 Configuration Guidelines essseeeseeesesreeseeereresrresressressrersreesreresereeesreeee 2 5 2 4 2 DISABLE PARITY Checking asure a aaa 2 5 2A 3 Changing the SCSLID gan 02 anit denied nee elie hinds 2 5 2 5 Connect the Cablessssiisjcictdtocdadva dea dnted dates Mastodon deeded 2 7 2 5 1 Examine the DLT4000 Rear Panel ceeeeeeseeesseessecessseeeeseeeeseeeesaeers 2 7 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem v Contents 2 5 2 Connect the SCSI Signal Cable ccesesecseseesenserenereneeneneneesonenenees 2 7 2 5 3 Ter
138. e DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 5 Description of Controls and Indicators Section 3 5 includes the following sections Topic Section Beeper 3 5 1 Unload Button 3 5 2 Cartridge Insert Release Handle 3 5 3 Indicator Action during Power on Self test and Operation 3 5 4 3 5 1 Beeper A beeper sounds when you can operate the cartridge insert release handle When you hear the beep the green Operate Handle indicator should be on 3 5 2 Unload Button The Unload button is used primarily to unload the tape When the user pushes Unload the DLT4000 drive waits until an active write to tape is completed before beginning the unload sequence The drive then rewinds the tape back into the cartridge The tape must be completely rewound and unloaded into the cartridge before you can remove the cartridge from the drive An unload operation may take 20 seconds from BOT If the drive is in error state all right side indicators are flashing on the front panel pushing the Unload button causes the drive to reset and unload the tape if possible 3 5 3 Cartridge Insert Release Handle Operate the cartridge insert release handle to load a cartridge or to eject a cartridge only when the Operate Handle indicator is on and after the momentary beep sounds The handle lifts to the open position and lowers to the closed position See Section 3 7 and Section 3 9 for the operating procedures 3 12 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring a
139. e DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 9 Unloading a Cartridge CAUTION Remove a cartridge from the drive before turning off host system power Failure to remove a cartridge can result in cartridge and drive damage When you remove the cartridge from the drive return the cartridge to its plastic case to prolong the cartridge life To unload a cartridge from the drive Figure 3 9 1 Press the Unload button or issue the appropriate system software command The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks as the tape rewinds 2 When the green indicator turns on the beeper also sounds pull the cartridge insert release handle open to eject the cartridge CAUTION Immediate extraction of the tape cartridge can lead to tape leader failure Delay tape cartridge extraction by one to two seconds to avoid this problem 3 Remove the cartridge 4 Push the handle closed 3 24 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive ZKO t217 0 Figure 3 9 Unloading a Cartridge DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 25 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 10 Preserving Cartridges For longer life of recorded or unrecorded cartridges store cartridges in a clean environment with these conditions Do not drop or bang the cartridge This can displace the tape leader making the cartridge unusable and possibly damaging the drive Keep tape cartridges out of
140. e Parameters The following table lists the changeable mode parameters and their minimum and maximum values allowed See the previous definitions for the units that are used Parameter rounding is supported for all parameters except the block descriptor length Table 8 5 Changeable Mode Parameters Page Parameter Default Header Buffered Mode Device Specific Byte 1 Block Descriptor Length 08h Block Descriptor Block Length 2 6 GB and 6 0 GB mode 0 10 0 GB 15 0 GB 20 0 GB 30 0 GB and 0 40 0 GB mode Read Write Error Recovery 01h PER Bit 0 Control Mode OAh RLEC 0 Data Compression OFh DCE 1 Disconnect Reconnect 02h Maximum Burst 0080h Size Disconnect Reconnect 02h DTDC 0 Device Configuration 10h Write Delay Time C8h Device Configuration 10h SEW 1 Device Configuration 10h Select Data 1 Compression Algorithm 8 70 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Minimum 0 00h 0000h 22S Maximum 1 08h 40000h FFFFFFh FFFFh 1964h DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 MODE SENSE 1Ah 5Ah MODE SENSE allows the drive to report its media current or changeable configuration parameters to the host It is a complementary command to MODE SELECT Bit gt TS a 0 o Operation Code 1Ah Bye Allocation Length Figure 8 42 MODE SENSE CDB 6 The DLT4000 products also support the 10 byte MODE SENSE which is required to request the VU EEROM Parameter page because of the large amount o
141. e Tape Subsystem C 1 Sense Key Information 04 02 Unit Not Ready Load command needed 04 03 Unit Not Ready Manual Intervention needed 3A 00 Medium Not Present 3A 80 Medium Not Present Cartridge Missing 5A 01 Operator Media Removal Request e Medium Error 3 04 02 Unit Not Ready Load command needed OC 00 Write Error 11 00 Unrecovered Read Error 11 08 Unrecovered Read Error Incomplete block read 14 00 Recorded Entity Not Found 15 02 Position error detected by read of medium 30 00 Can t Read Medium 3B 00 Sequential positioning error 3B 08 Repositioning error 51 00 Erase Failure 80 00 Calibration Error 80 01 Cleaning Required 81 00 Directory Read Error e Hardware Error 4 08 00 LUN Communication Failure 08 01 LUN Communication Timeout Failure 15 01 Random Mechanical Positioning Error 21 01 Invalid Element Address 3B 08 Repositioning error 3B OD Media Destination Element Full 3B OE Media Source Element Empty 40 80 Diagnostic POST failure ROM EDC failure 40 81 Diagnostic POST failure RAM failure C 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 40 82 Diagnostic POST failure bad drive status 40 83 Diagnostic POST failure loader diags failure 40 84 Diagnostic POST failure POST soft failure 44 00 Internal Target Failure 44 80 Unexpected selection interrupt 44 83 SCSI chip gross error 44 84 Unexplained residue in TC registers 44 85 Immediate data transfer timeout 44 86 Insufficient CDB bytes 44 87 Disconnect SDP sequ
142. e is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Tape is recorded in 6 0 GB format Tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Tape is recorded in 10 0 15 0 GB format Tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Tape is recorded in 20 0 GB format Tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT Compression mode is enabled Compression can be done in 10 0 20 0 GB density only Compression mode is disabled You selected a density from the front panel Density to be selected by the host automatic You are in density selection mode A POST error occurred 3 16 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 6 Description of the Tape Cartridge The DLTtape II tape cartridge is a 4 inch gray plastic cartridge containing 1100 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape The DLTtape IIIxt tape cartridge is a 4 inch white plastic cartridge containing 1800 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape The DLTtape IV tape cartridge is a 4 inch black plastic cartridge containing 1800 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape 3 6 1 Cartridge Write Protect Switch The tape cartridge has a write protect switch to prevent accidental erasure of data Before loading the tape cartridge into the dr
143. e logarithm of the frequency A 9 3 Radiated Emissions Limits of radiated interference field strength in the frequency range from 30 MHz to 30 GHz at a test distance of 3 and 10 meters for Class B equipment are Table A 23 Radiated Emissions 30 MHz to 30 GHz Frequency range MHz Quasi peak limit dB V m 10m 3m 30 to 230 30 40 230 to 1000 37 46 Above 1000 N A 54 A 9 4 Magnetic Radiated Susceptibility Table A 24 lists the magnetic radiated susceptibility limits Table A 24 Low Frequency Magnetic Fields 10 to 3000 KHz 100 dB pt 10 KHz declining to 80 dB pt 1 MHz A 22 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem No errors no screen distortion Technical Specifications A 9 5 Radiated Susceptibility Table A 25 lists the radiated susceptibility limits Table A 25 High Frequency Electric Fields 1 to 1000 MHz 3 V m rms 80 modulated 1 KHz No errors no screen distortion S W recoverable errors No hardware failure A 9 6 Conducted Susceptibility The transient voltage is the actual peak voltage above the normal ac voltage from the power source Table A 26 lists the voltage limits for power and data cables Table A 26 Fast Transient Bursts for Power and Data Cables 2kV S W recoverable errors No hardware failures Table A 27 lists power cable voltage limits Table A 27 High Energy Transient Voltage for Power Cables 1 2 kV No errors 2 5 kV S W recoverable errors No hardware failure
144. e showing failure All magazine errors cause the ERR MAG message to display 6 5 1 1 DLT4500 Clearing a Magazine Error Pressing the Open button the mini library attempts to clear the error The door opens to let you remove the magazine Verify that cartridges are inserted securely into the magazine and the magazine is not defective If you still cannot clear the error call your service representative 6 5 2 DLT4500 Loader Error Description The ERR LDR message displays the mini library detected an error in the loader transfer assembly In some loader transfer assembly errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure All loader errors cause the ERR LDR message to display 6 5 3 DLT4500 Drive Error Description The ERR DRV message displays the mini library detected an error in the tape drive In some drive errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure All drive errors cause the ERR DRV message to display 6 5 4 DLT4500 Controller Error Description The ERR CTL message displays the mini library detected an error in the controller In some controller errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure All controller errors cause the ERR CTL message to display DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 5 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 5 5 DLT4500 Unknown Error Description The ERR UNK message displays the mi
145. e update procedure again using the valid tape image If you still cannot do the update call your service representative e A power failure Try unloading the occurs during the cartridge from the drive code update The as described in this drive may be table to do the code unusable update again If you still cannot do the update call your service representative DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 13 Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 2 Results DLT4500 Code Update Cont d If This means e A controller failure occurs The drive is most likely unusable and needs to be replaced And you should Turn off mini library power and then on again If you still have a drive controller failure see your service representative 7 4 3 Updating the Firmware on the DLT4700 Drive and Loader Configuration 1 Obtain or make a DLTtape II DLTtape IIIxt or DLTtape IV with the firmware image of the desired revision level copied to it 2 Put the DLT4700 subsystem into Firmware Update Mode To do this a Remove any magazine in the DLT4700 loader receiver and close the receiver b Put the Mode Select key in Service Mode wrench icon c Press the Load Unload button on the operator control panel OCP and hold the button about 6 seconds until the Write Protect indicator blinks This means the DLT4700 mini library has recognized your request for firmware update mode and is waiti
146. ection on this connector 3 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 2 Place the jumper in the disable parity check position as shown in Letter I Figure 3 3 8 Bit Q ooo0oo0 ooo0oo0o ojojo o ojojo o A SCSI ID 0 B SCSI ID 1 C SCSI ID 2 ooo o ojojo oo ooo o ojojo oo aoc Oieee Ola ojojo o o o 1 ojojooo ojojoo o LKG 9294 94f D SCSI ID 3 G SCSI ID 6 E SCSI ID 4 H SCSI ID 7 F SCSI ID 5 I Disable parity checking The jumper goes in this position with any SCSI ID you choose Figure 3 3 Jumper Positions 3 2 2 Changing the SCSI ID The drive is shipped with SCSI ID 5 unless otherwise specified You can change the SCSI ID by adding jumpers to the drive s SCSI connector Figure 3 1 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive To change the SCSI ID 1 Use Figure 3 1 number 9 to locate the SCSI ID connector on the drive 2 Choose a SCSI ID from 0 to 7 3 Use Figure 3 3 to see where to place the jumpers for the ID you choose For example if you chose SCSI ID 1 place the jumpers in the same positions as those in Letter B 3 2 3 Setting the TRM PWR Single ended Only Jumper NOTE The Small Computer System Interface SCSI bus must be terminated at both ends of the bus and at least one device must supply terminator power The DLT4000 drive
147. ed revision level copied to it 2 Put the DLT4000 subsystem into firmware update mode To do this a Remove any cartridge that is in the target DLT4000 drive and close the handle down position b Press the Unload button on the drive front panel and hold the button about 6 seconds until the Write Protect indicator blinks This means the DLT4000 subsystem has recognized your request for firmware update mode and is waiting for the sequence to complete If the Write Protect indicator does not blink check that 1 POST passed 2 The drive is unloaded 3 The drive handle is in the down position 7 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape Release the Unload button and press the button again within 4 seconds The second press should take less than 1 second The Tape in Use and the Write Protect indicators blink showing the tape subsystem recognizes the firmware update mode has been selected If selecting the firmware update mode is not successful for example pressing the button the second time takes longer than one second the Write Protect indicator should stop blinking within several seconds Try the procedure again If the drive and controller are not properly communicating you cannot select firmware update 3 Once you have selected the firmware update mode insert a cartridge into the drive which Temporarily turns off the Tape in Use and Write Protect indicators NOTE
148. ee eeeceeeseeeeneeeeneeeeneeeees 8 95 84 14 22 Data Mode shie pire ao aaia Mein Ea E E a EEES 8 95 8 4 14 3 Descriptor Mode ee eeeeeeesecesneecsseessneecseeeeseeessaeeesaeessaeessneeeeee 8 95 8 4 15 READ POSITION 34h eeescceseeceseeeeseeeesaeeceseeceseeeesaeecsaeessneeeses 8 97 8 4 15 1 READ POSITION Data Format 0 cee eeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeee 8 98 8 4 16 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 1Ch 0 eee eeeeeeneeeeneeeeee 8 100 8 4 17 RELEASE UNIT 17h nerenin ayari 8 101 8 4 17 1 Medium Changer Considerations escseseeceseeeeseeeeeeeeneees 8 101 8 4 18 REQUEST SENSE O3b crara nn e 8 102 8 4 18 1 Sense Information Format ceeeeesessseeeeneeeeseeceseeeeseeesneees 8 103 8 4 19 RESERVE UNIT 16b eee eeeeeeeeecsneeceneeceseeesseecesaeessaeessaeesseeeees 8 112 8 4 19 1 Medium Changer Considerations eeseeeseeesseeeeseeeeseeeeneers 8 113 420 REW IND O a e sang arana ae a Nera eaoin eain oiea anp SEa Tea 8 114 8 4 21 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh seeeseseseseseseseseserererssssessresssessressresssessre 8 115 8 4 22 SPACE 11h nre a niin ni EE a eae 8 120 8 4 23 TEST UNIT READY OOD 0 cee eeeeeeeseeceseeceseeceseteeseeecsaeersseerens 8 122 8 4 23 1 Medium Changer Considerations sscceseeceseeceseeeeseeeeneees 8 122 8424 VERIFY 13h otitis sie dante Aires Aor oh ois Sains Aes died 8 123 x1l DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 84 25 WRITE OAD renen enean chiviea
149. eeeee 4 18 4 8 Firmware Update Mode Display Message scsssccceseeceeneecsneeceseeeeeeees 4 19 4 9 Density select Modessa te e aeea a EE Ea a A A 4 22 4 10 Cartridge before loading 0 eee eee seeeceeneeeceseeceseeeesseecssecsaeecseeesseaeessneers 4 25 4 11 After Loading the Cartridge cee eesccsecsseecceseeeesseecsaeecseeeesereneeeeeeaters 4 31 4 12 When to Use the Cleaning Cartridge cee eeeeeeeeceeeceseneeseneeesseeeesaeeesneers 4 33 5 1 Results of Density Selection ac aei erisera EEA E EE a AREST 5 11 5 2 DLT4700 Operator Control Panel eee eeeseccecesseeeceeseeecesseeeeeneeees 5 12 5 3 Loader Power On Shelf Test cesceesccceseececeeceseecsseeceseeceseeeesaeessaeeseseeeeee 5 17 5 4 Load Unload Functions eccceeeeeescecssceceseeeeseeeesseecsaeecsseeceseeeesaeecsaeesseeenes 5 18 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xxi Contents 6 1 DLT4500 OCP Button Conditions 0 cece eeeeeeeeeesseeeeseeeeseeeseeceneeeesaeessaeesenee 6 2 6 2 DLT4700 OCP Button Conditions 00 0 eee eeseeeseeceseeecesseesseecsaeecsseeesneeeesaeeess 6 3 7 1 Block Size used for Firmware Update Tape escceescccesceceseeceeteesseeseneeeeee 7 4 7 1 Results DLT4000 Code Update n sseenesseeeesseereseestssseeesserresssrressereesseresee 7 8 7 2 Results DLT4500 Code Update ceeeccceesseeeceeseneeeeesneeeeeesneeeeeseneeeeeens 7 11 7 3 Results DLT4700 Code Update ccsecscecessneeeeeeee
150. eeeesseceesseeeeeeseeeeessaeeeeeenees 8 63 8 4 9 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh cc eeseeeseeesseeceeeeeeseeeeeeee 8 64 8 4 9 10 MODE SELECT Changeable Parameters eeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeee 8 70 8 4 10 MODE SENSE 1Ah SAD oo eeeeeceeeecesneeesneecseeeseecssaeeesaeeesaeers 8 71 8 4 10 1 MODE SENSE Parameter List cee eeeeeeseeessneeceneeseneeeeseeeesaes 8 74 8 4 10 2 MODE SENSE Pagess s s ssi Assinsis ie Annis non n oii 8 78 Contents DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xi Contents 8 4 10 3 Read Write Error Recovery Page eeeeseeeseeceseeeeseneeeeeeseeeeeee 8 79 8 4 10 4 Disconnect Reconnect Page eeceeesesssecsseeceesseesseeesaeeseneeeeee 8 81 8 4 10 7 Control Mode Page OAD eeecscceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeesateeeeenees 8 82 8 4 10 8 Data Compression Page OFN cssceseseecsseeeseeeeceeeseeeseeeeeee 8 84 8 4 10 5 Device Configuration Page LON eee eeeeeeceseeeeerneeeeseeeeneeeee 8 86 8 4 10 6 Medium Partition Page 11 0 ee eeeecceeeeseceeeceesneeeeeseeeeenees 8 88 8 4 10 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3EN ce eeeeeeeceereeeeneeeeeneeeeee 8 89 8 4 11 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL LED eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 90 84 12 READ 08b ci i e a a a EA E RE 8 91 8 4 13 READ BLOCK LIMITS 05b seeseeeseseeesesereeeerrssserrsrrrssrrsriresrrrereresee 8 93 8 4 14 READ BUFFER VICh erneer OEE EEE E EEES EES 8 94 8 4 14 1 Combined Header and Data Mode e
151. elocity changing 10 ms X Y and Z axes twice in each axis total of 6 shocks 1 2 sine pulse 140G 2 ms X Y and Z axes twice in each axis total of 6 shocks A 20 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 9 Electromagnetic Interference EMI Susceptibility Section A 9 describes environmental specifications including Topic Section Electromagnetic Emissions A 9 1 Conducted Emissions A 9 2 Radiated Emissions A 9 3 Magnetic Radiated Susceptibility A 9 4 Radiated Susceptibility A 9 5 Conducted Susceptibility A 9 6 ESD Failure Level Limits A 9 7 Acoustic Noise Emissions A 9 8 A 9 1 Electromagnetic Emissions Electromagnetic emissions include e CSA 108 8 e EEC Directive 89 336 EN55022 and National standards are based on e BS6527 UK e NEN55022 Netherlands e VDE 0871 Class B Germany e CE Mark e Cispr22 Class B FCC Rules Part 15B Class B certified DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 21 Technical Specifications A 9 2 Conducted Emissions Limits for Class B equipment are in the frequency range from 0 15 to 30 MHz The limit decreases linearly with the logarithm of the frequency in the range from 0 15 to 0 50 MHz Table A 22 list the conducted emission limits Table A 22 Conducted Emissions Frequency Range MHz Limits dB Quasi peak Average 0 15 to 0 50 66 to 56 56 to 46 0 50 to 5 56 46 5 to 30 60 50 The limit decreases with th
152. ence failed 44 88 Bus DMA transfer timeout 48 00 IDE Message received 47 00 SCSI Parity Error 51 00 Erase Failure 53 00 Media Load Eject Failure 53 01 Unload tape failure Illegal Request 5 1A 00 Parameter List Length Error 20 00 Illegal Opcode 21 01 Invalid Element Address 24 00 Invalid CDB Field 24 81 Invalid mode on write buffer 24 82 Media in drive 24 84 Insufficient resources 24 86 Invalid offset 24 87 Invalid size 24 89 Image data over limit 24 8B Image personality is bad 24 8C Not immediate command Sense Key Information DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem C 3 Sense Key Information 24 8D Bad drive server image EDC 24 8E Invalid personality for code update 24 8F Bad controller image EDC 25 00 Illegal LUN 26 00 Parameter List Error invalid field 26 01 Parameter List Error parameter not supported 26 02 Parameter List Error parameter value invalid 39 00 Saving parameters not supported 3B OD Media Destination Element Full 3B OE Media Source Element Empty 3D 00 Invalid Bits in ID Message 53 02 Media Removal Prevented 82 00 Not allowed if not at BOT e Unit Attention 6 28 00 Not Ready To Ready Transition 29 00 Reset occurred 2A 01 Mode Parameters changed 2A 02 Log Parameters changed 3F 01 Microcode has been changed 5B 01 Log Threshold condition met e Data Protected 7 27 80 Hardware Write Protect 27 82 Data Safety Write Protect e Blank Check 8 00 05 EOD Encountered e Comman
153. eneeenee 8 64 8 40 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Example 1 0 0 0 ee ceeseeseeeeseeceeneeeeeeeneeeeee 8 68 8 41 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Example 2 eeeseesseeceseeceeneeeeseeeeeeee 8 69 842 MODE SENSE CDB 6 5 2 0 sisi aoe aph tebe vichhsent i Aes a EEE 8 71 8 43 MODE SENSE CDB 10 eeeeesecesseeceseeesseeeeseeeesaecneeeesaeessaeessseaeessaeers 8 72 8 44 MODE SENSE Page Control Definition eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeeeneeees 8 72 8 45 MODE SENSE 6 Data Header ooo ee eeeeeeseecsseeeeseseecseecsseeseeeesseeeesaeeess 8 74 8 46 MODE SENSE 10 Data Header oo eee eee eeeeeseeceneceeeseeeesneessneeseeessneeeses 8 74 8 47 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor cceeesesseeesseeseseeeeeseeessaeeceaeesneessneeenee 8 75 8 48 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor eee eeseesceesseeeeseseeseneessaceseteeeeeeeesaeeess 8 75 8 49 MODE SENSE Pages Supported ceeseseseesseecesseeeesneeesaeessaeesseeseeene 8 78 8 50 Error Recovery Page Format cc cc eeeccecsecceeceesseeecesseeeceeseeensaeeeseseeaaees 8 79 xvili DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 51 Disconnect Reconnect Page Format cccessessseecsseecceseeeseeeeseeeesaeessaeers 8 81 8 54 Control Mode Page OAN eeecceceessceceesseceeceneeeeesseeeeseneeeeeseneeeeeeenseeess 8 82 8 55 Data Compression Page OF ceeeeeseecssceeeseeecesseesaeecseeesseeeesaeeesaeerenee 8 84 8 52 Device Configuration Page Format cscceessessseesese
154. ent occurs until the drive encounters EOD The position is such that a subsequent WRITE command would append data after the last object that has been written to tape before EOD When executing SPACE the drive implements the following hierarchy e Blocks lowest e Filemarks e EOD e BOM P or EOM P highest Therefore SPACE N blocks will halt with GOOD status after the Nth block or with CHECK CONDITION status on any occurrence of Filemark EOD BOM P or EOM P A space N Filemarks will halt on the Nth Filemark or on any occurrence of EOD BOM P or EOM P and so on Depending on the size of blocks read ahead data in the buffer allows some spacing requests to be satisfied without tape movement DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 121 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 23 TEST UNIT READY 00h Bit gt ee 0 To operation Goce omy id 5 Figure 8 77 TEST UNIT READY CDB TEST UNIT READY checks if the drive unit is ready for commands involving tape movement If the drive has a tape loaded the command returns a GOOD status Otherwise CHECK CONDITION is reported It is possible to get multiple check conditions on a TEST UNIT READY command because of power cycle code update and tape loaded 8 4 23 1 Medium Changer Considerations When directed at the Media Loader LUN this command will return Check Condition Sense Key or Not Ready if e The Mode Select key switch is in the Service mode and there is no 24V si
155. er Parameter code 04 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 05 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parameter 04 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 05 will give the actual total bytes transferred from tape to buffer Parameter codes 06 and 07 report the counts of bytes transferred from the initiator to the buffer Parameter code 06 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 07 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parameter 06 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 07 will give the actual total bytes transferred from the initiator to the buffer Parameter codes 08 and 09 report the counts of bytes written to the tape Parameter code 08 reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter code 09 reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that has been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for parameter 08 by 1 048 576 and then adding the counter value returned for parameter 09 will give the actual total bytes written to the tape DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 45 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 MODE SELECT 15h Bit gt s J 0 o Operation Code 15h Byte Parameter List Length Unused 00 Figure 8 29 MODE SELECT C
156. er pointer is zero then target will return 4 bytes of page header with page length of 44h followed by 8 bytes of parameter value data for each parameter code except for parameter code 5h For 5h it will return 12 bytes So for Parameter code Oh 1h 2h 3h 4h 6h and 8000h each page will be 8 bytes For parameter code 5h page will be 12 bytes 8 38 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Parameter Code The following parameter codes are supported for the read write error counter pages Parameter Code Description 00h Errors corrected with substantial delays Oth Errors corrected with possible delays 02h Total rewrites or rereads 03h Total errors corrected 04h Total times correction algorithm processed 05h Total bytes processed 06h Tortal uncorrected errors 8000h Vendor Unique Figure 8 22 Parameter Codes Supported Parameter codes 00h Olh and 04h will always return a value of zero DU DS TSD ETC TMC and LP are collectively referred to as parameter control byte e DU Disable Update A zero value indicates that target updates all log parameter values A value of 1 indicates that target will not update the log parameter values except in response to LOG SELECT This bit is set by the drive when accumulated values reach maximum This is also returned set if the host set the bit in the last LOG SELECT command The default is zero NOTE For parameter types other than threshold
157. er ready displays a LDRRDY Cartridge is already in the drive b DRY RDY cartridge is not loaded in the drive 4 5 2 What to Do after POST Verify whether the POST events took place If Then All the events took place POST succeeded The mini library Autoloader is ready for operation All the events did not take POST failed See Table 4 1 place DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 9 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Error indications fall into these main categories e Magazine Error e Loader Error e Drive Error e Controller Error e Unknown Error Table 4 1 DLT4500 Mini library Troubleshooting Chart Message Then LDR RST 1 Verify you terminated the SCSI bus 2 Turn the mini library Autoloader power off and then on again If POST still does not succeed call your service representative ERR MAG 1 Message indicates the status of the cartridge s and or magazine s are inconsistent 2 Press the Open button the mini library attempts to clear the error The doors open to allow removal of the magazine s Remove the magazine s and close the doors Wait for the displayed message LDR RDY then open the doors and reinstall the magazine s Verify that cartridge s are inserted securely into the magazine s and the magazine s is are not defective If you cannot clear the error call your service representative ERR LDR Message indicates an error was detected in the
158. eration Table 4 8 Firmware Update Mode Display Message Display Message Tells you Firmware Update Mode Used for code updates refer to Chapter seven of this manual Switch Functions While in Firmware Update Mode When you press and release the Display Mode button once the mini library enters Normal mode DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 19 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 8 Key Lock The key lock on the front of the mini library Figure 4 1 enables or disables use of the operator control panel OCP Figure 2 5 The key lock prevents unauthorized removal of the magazine or cartridges providing a measure of data security To unlock or enable the OCP turn the key toward the opened lock icon next to the key lock To lock or disable the OCP turn the key toward the locked icon next to the key lock CAUTION Do not force open the magazine door manually Always use the Open button to open the door electronically 4 8 1 OCP Locked or Disabled When you insert the magazine into the mini library and close the magazine door the elevator scans the magazine The OCP pushbuttons are disabled 4 8 2 OCP Unlocked or Enabled The OCP pushbuttons unlocked or enabled allow operator intervention 4 20 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 9 Selecting Density This section describes the mini library s density select feature
159. ero or one 8 138 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 4 READ ELEMENT STATUS B8h Starting Element Address LSB Number of Elements LSB Allocation Length Figure 8 88 READ ELEMENT STATUS CDB Code Description Oh All element types reported valid in CDB only th Medium Transport Element 2h Storage Element magazine slot 3h Import Export Element not supported 4h Data Transfer Element tape drive 5 Fh reserved Figure 8 89 Element Type Code Definitions The format of Element Status data is defined in the SCSI 2 specification The following sections show the information returned for the medium changer The Element Status data is made up of a header and one or more Status Pages for each element type The Status Pages are made up of a header and one or more element descriptors one for each element address The data shown assumes the CDB was specified in such a way that all descriptors for a given element type would be returned The Primary and Alternate Volume Tag functions are not supported so the flags indicating these functions in the Element Status Pages below are always set to zero DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 139 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 4 1 Element Status Data Header MSB Number of Elements Reported Byte 3 C Reserved 5s 6 Byte Count of Report Available Figure 8 90 Element Status Data Heade
160. erteangaben nach ISO 9296 und ISO 7779 DIN EN27779 Schalleistungspegel Schalldruckpegel LwAd B LpAm dBA Zuschauerpositionen Gerat Leerlauf Betrieb Leerlauf Betrieb TH5xx 5 5 45 TH5Bx 5 2 5 3 39 40 THSEx 5 5 5 6 33 33 TH5Fx 5 5 5 6 33 33 TH5Hx 4 8 5 3 35 40 Table A 30 Acoustic Noise Declaration for German Noise Declaration Law Cont d Generic Product Option Description Numbers THSxx DLT4000 drive THSBx DLT4000 table top drive THSEx DLT4700 cartridge rackmount loader THSFx DLT4700 cartridge table top loader THSHx DLT4500 cartridge table top loader DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 25 Technical Specifications A 10 Regulatory Requirements Regulatory requirements include e Safety e Electromagnetic emissions A 10 1 Safety Requirements Safety requirements include e UL1950 Information Technology Including Electrical Business Equipment e CSA C22 2 220 Information Technology Including Electrical Business Equipment e TUV EN60950 IEC 950 Information Technology Including Electrical Business Equipment A 10 2 Electromagnetic Emission Requirements Electromagnetic emission requirements include e FCC Part 15 Class A Class B e EN55022 B e EN55082 B e CISPR22 Class A and B e VCCi Class 1 and 2 e CEmark Class A and B A 26 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications A 11 Drive Reliability Factors Table A 31 lists the reliability factors Ta
161. escription 1th 00h Unrecovered Read Error 08h Incomplete Block Read 14h 00h Recorded Entity Not Found 15h Olh Mech Position Error 02h Detected by Read of Media 1Ah 00h Parameter List Length Error 20h 00h Illegal opcode 21h Olh Invalid Element Address 24h 00h Invalid CDB field 81h Invalid mode on write buffer 82h Media in drive 84h Insufficient resources 86h Invalid offset 87h Invalid size 89h Image data over limit 8Bh Image personality is bad 8Ch Not immediate command 8Dh Bad drive servo image EDC 8Eh Invalid personality for CUP 8Fh Bad controller image EDC 25h 00h Illegal LUN 26h Parameter list error 00h Invalid Field Olh Parameter not supported 02h Parameter Value Invalid 8 108 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem ASC 27h 28h 29h 2Ah 2Fh 30h 37h 39h 3Ah 3Bh 3Dh ASCQ 00h 80h 82h 00h 00h Olh 02h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 80h 00h 08h ODh OEh 00h DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 7 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d Description Write protected Hardware write protect Data safety write protect Not ready to read Reset occurred Mode parameters changed Log parameters changed Commands Cleared by another Initiator Cannot read medium Rounded Parameter Saving Parameters Not Supported Media Not Present VU Cartridge Missing Sequential Positioning Error Reposition Error Media Destination Element Full Media Source Element Empty Inva
162. eseeeeseeeesneeceeseesseeceseeeesseecsaeessaeeecesaeeraes 2 9 223 After POST viens ie hicks ava a ad ee ee 2 10 2 4 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart cceeeescccesseeessseeceeeceseeceseeeesaeeeeaeersaee 2 11 3 1 Results of Density Selection eee eeseescecsseeeeceseeceeecsscecseeeeseeeesaeeeseeessnees 3 10 3 2 Determining the Drive s Operating Condition eee eeseeeeeeeeeseneeseneeeaeers 3 15 3 3 Before Loading the Cartridge eeeceeseceseneecsseceeeseecncecesaeessaeessaeesseeeeesaes 3 19 3 4 After Loading the Cartridge and Operating 0 0 0 cee eeeeeeeseecsseeeeeeneeeeeeeneers 3 19 3 5 What is Happening During Cartridge Use Right Side Indicators 3 22 3 6 When to Use the Cleaning Cartridge eeeceeeeeeseeceseecceseeeesseeseeessneeesaeers 3 23 4 1 DLT4500 Mini library Troubleshooting Chatt cc cceeeeeseeeesneeeeeseeeeneeees 4 10 4 2 Mini Library Operator Control Panel e ce eeeeeeseeeeseeceeeeeeesaeeceeesneeseeeeee 4 13 4 3 Normal Mode Line One Messages ccccsssccssseeesseeceesseeesaeeeaeecsaeeseaeeeee 4 14 4 4 Normal Mode Line Two Messages scccecccssscssseeessecesesseesseesseecsaeesseeeees 4 15 4 5 Density Select Mode Messages cesecessseecsseecsseeeeesseeeaeeesaeecsaeessseeeesnaeers 4 16 4 6 Cartridge Density Display Messages ecccesseesseeceseeecesseeseaeeeaeecsaeeseaeeesee 4 17 4 7 SCSI ID SELECT Mode Display Message ssceesecceseeceeeceseneeeeneeeee
163. ess the Load Unload button until backup or other tape operations are stopped at the terminal Doing so can result in operation failure and drive unavailability If Then You want to unload Press the Load Unload button the cartridge from e The DRV REW message displays hetnive e The cartridge unloads from the drive and the display reads LDR ACT When the cartridge returns to the magazine the display reads LDR RDY The ERR LDR Press the Load Unload button to reset the mini message displays library and try to clear the error showing a malfunction 4 11 8 Opening the Magazine Door The Open button opens the magazine door for inserting or removing the magazine The button is disabled when the key lock is in the locked or disabled position When Then You should A cartridge is The LDR RDY Press the Open button The door not in the message displays before opens drive any operation begins A cartridge is The DRV RDY Press the Open button so the in the drive message displays before cartridge unloads from the drive the operation begins and moves back into the magazine The door opens Result In both situations once you close the door again a magazine scan begins The LDR ACT message displays When the scan completes LDR RDY message displays 4 32 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 12 When to Use the Cleaning Tape Cartridge Use Table 4 12 to
164. et types exist but each must conform to the standard EEROM LOG packet envelope as shown in Figure D 1 The information logs are maintained as a circular buffer a new entry will overwrite the oldest existing entry At any point in time the most recent 14 logs are kept The EEROM information packets can be retrieved by Log Sense command with page code 07h Last n Error Events page The packet type field defines the content as well as the format of the data portion of the packet refer to Table D 1 These packet types are further delineated in the sections that follow Please note that the byte offsets in the structure layout diagrams that follow are referenced relative to the beginning of the 98 byte EEROM Log envelope DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 1 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Bits 7 0 00 Packet Type 01 1st packet byte NN 96 last packet byte Figure D 1 EEROM Log Area Layout Table D 1 EEROM LOG Packet Types Packet Purpose 0 Packet Empty 1 Bugcheck Fatal System Crash 2 PO ST power on self test Failure 3 EVENT LOG Generic event informational non fatal data 4 CUP Code Update Status Packet 5 Manufacturing DIAG results packet D 2 Bugcheck Packets Bugchecks occur because of some kind of software detected fatal failure For example a hardware failure or an internal system consistancy failure might cause a bugcheck These events cause Bugcheck packets to be written
165. ets the host can download the firmware image into the target s buffer in pieces These commands do not cause the new image to become active A Download and Save mode Write Buffer command must be issued The tape drive must be empty to allow downloading of an image This is to safeguard against accidentally starting a firmware update If a cartridge is loaded when all or part of a firmware image has been downloaded another WRITE BUFFER with Download mode will be rejected Overlapping or nonconsecutive downloading of the image data is not supported The firmware image must be downloaded in integral multiples of 4K bytes Any error on a Write Buffer command causes any downloaded image data to be discarded and the download must be restarted from the beginning 8 4 26 4 Download Microcode and Save This mode can be used to download and save the entire image at once or to download the image data and save it or to cause a save operation after all the image data has been downloaded using the Download only mode This mode of the command causes the image data to be verified and the Flash EEPROM firmware area to be updated During the reprogramming the Write Protect and Drive Activity LEDS on the drive s front panel will blink DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 127 DLT4000 SCSI Interface CAUTION During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH memory chips if any type of powerfail occurs or if the reprogramming fails part way thr
166. f data that needs to be passed back MODE SENSE 10 can be used to retrieve the other pages as well Note that MODE SENSE 10 returns a different format of Descriptor data DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 71 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Byte Bit z tis s peta peti tol oo Operation Code 5Ah MSB Allocation Length LSB Figure 8 43 MODE SENSE CDB 10 pe PT Reseved o 8 o MODE SENSE allows the drive to report its media current or changeable configuration parameters to the host It is a complementary command to MODE SELECT DBD If the Disable Block Descriptors bit is zero the device returns the Block Descriptor Data If set then the Block Descriptor information is not returned PC The Page Control field indicates the type of page parameter values to be returned to the host as shown in the following table PC Description 0 0 Report Current Values 0 1 Report Changeable Values 1 0 Report Default Values 1 1 Report Save Values Figure 8 44 MODE SENSE Page Control Definition The Additional Page Length field of each page returned by the drive indicates the number of bytes supported for that page 8 72 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Page Code This allows the host to select any specific page or all the pages supported by the drive Allocation Length The Allocation Length field specifies the number of bytes that the ho
167. face differential SCSI 2 or differential SCSI 2 bus bus Cycle time 50 s maximum Cable length not included 50 s maximum DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 5 Technical Specifications A 3 Drive Functional Specifications A 3 1 DLT4000 Drive Functional Specifications Table A 4 lists the key functional specifications of the DLT4000 tape drive Table A 4 DLT4000 Functional Specifications Functional DLTtape IV Capacity formatted native Capacity formatted compressed 2 1 DLTtape IIxt Cartridge Capacity formatted native Capacity formatted compressed 2 1 DLTtape III Capacity formatted native Capacity formatted compressed 2 1 Interface Drive Type Recording Type Form Factor Transfer Rate Raw Native Transfer Rate User Native Uncompressed Transfer Rate User Compressed Error Rate Recoverable Specifications 20 0 GB user data 40 0 GB user data 15 0 GB user data 35 0 GB user data 10 0 GB user data 20 0 GB user data 8 bit SCSI 2 single ended or differential DLT streaming 10 0 15 0 20 0 GB 16 bit single end or differential 2 7 RLL code with DLT2000 DLT2000xt and DLT4000 format MFM with 2 6 GB 6 0 GB DLT260 and DLT600 format 5 14 inch F H modified depth 2 5 MBytes second 1 5 MBytes second More than 3 0 MB second maximum write 10 MBburst mode More than 2 5MB second maximum read 10 MBburst mode Read recoverable error rate 1 0X10 Write recoverable error
168. g the DLT4700 Mini Library includes configuration selecting density and other operation information for the loader such as the power on process the loader Mode Select key the operator control panel and functions of the Slot Select Load Unload and Eject buttons Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library gives instructions on how to clear failures and describes the necessary conditions to ensure the loader OCP pushbuttons operate effectively Chapter 7 Firmware Update From Tape provides an overview on updating the firmware describes how to create a firmware update tape and tells how to update the firmware Chapter 8 DLT4000 SCSI Interface details the SCSI protocol features of the DLT4000 tape subsystem Appendix A Technical Specifications gives product specifications including physical dimensions performance specifications power requirements environmental specifications vibration and shock requirements electromagnetic interference susceptibility regulatory requirements and reliability factors Appendix B Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information describes the internal status codes for the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 product Appendix C Sense Key Information lists the sense key information for the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 product Appendix D EEROM Packets Last n Error Events describes certain error events and error event logs xxvill DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Sub
169. gnal usually means the loader assembly has been moved out of its sleeve enough to trip the 24V interlock 8 122 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 24 VERIFY 13h Bit ec TERE EC SY Byte Verification Length Figure 8 78 VERIFY CDB VERIFY verifies one or more blocks beginning with the next block on the tape Both CRC and EDCs are validated Immed If this bit is set the Verify command will complete before any media movement is done that is when processing has been initiated BC This bit selects a CRC ECC verification or a byte by byte compare If the BC bit is cleared the device is instructed to perform an internal CRC ECC check of the data If this bit is set the command will be rejected Fixed This bit operates in the same fashion as with the READ command DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 123 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 25 WRITE 0Ah Ea Operation Code OAh Byte Transfer Length Figure 8 79 WRITE CDB WRITE transfers one or more blocks from the host to the current logical position When in Buffered Mode see MODE SELECT the tape drive reports a GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as this data block has been transferred to the data buffer The drive flushes the write buffer to tape under the following conditions e The write hold off time limit is exceeded See MODE SELECT command e Receipt of the following nonwrite command
170. he DLT4000 Tabletop 2 1 In This Chapter Chapter 2 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section Prepare for the Installation 2 2 Install the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 23 Configure the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 2 4 Connect the Cables 2 5 Test the Installation 2 6 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart 2 7 2 2 Prepare for the Installation This section describes how to prepare for the installation of the DLT4000 tabletop drive including Topic Section Before You Start 2 2 1 Installation Setup 22 2 Site Setup 2 2 3 Site Guidelines 2 2 4 2 2 1 Before You Start Installing the DLT4000 tabletop drive requires no special tools If you need to change the switchpack settings on the rear panel you will need a pen If you have problems during the installation see Table 2 4 for troubleshooting DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 1 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 2 2 2 Installation Setup The steps for installation setup are Step Action 1 Unpack and check your shipment 2 Choose a site for the DLT4000 tabletop drive 3 Power off the system on which the DLT4000 tabletop drive is to be installed 2 2 3 Site Setup Place the DLT4000 tabletop drive on a flat sturdy level area such as a desk or tabletop 2 2 4 Site Guidelines Be sure to follow these guidelines for your DLT4000 tabletop drive e The DLT4000 tabletop drive is designed to operate in harsh environments However use
171. he Eject button also causes the tape to unload 2 Grasp the receiver after it opens Figure 5 6 and gently pull it forward to access the magazine 3 Grasp the magazine s handle only to lift the magazine out of the receiver 5 9 4 Installing the Magazine into the Receiver To install the magazine into the receiver 1 Slide the magazine down into the receiver Figure 5 6 while holding the magazine by the handle Since the magazine is slotted you can restore it in the correct orientation only 2 Push the receiver closed 3 Observe that the receiver is fully closed in the DLT4700 mini library before proceeding 5 24 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Figure 5 5 shows the removal of a cartridge from the magazine BACK OF MAGAZINE a NOTE Push tape in until a click is heard FRONT OF MAGAZINE SLOT NUMBERS 0 6 Figure 5 5 Removing a Cartridge from the Front of the Magazine DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 25 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Figure 5 6 shows the open receiver Figure 5 6 Receiver Opened 5 26 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 1 In This Chapter Chapter 6 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section Conditions Necessary for Button Operation 6 2 Operation Failure 6 3
172. he Post Error bit turns on reporting of Check Condition to report recovered read write errors The default setting of this bit is zero DTE The Disable Transfer on Error feature is not supported so this bit must be zero DCR The Disable ECC Correction bit feature is not supported so this bit must be zero Read Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of rereads that are done before declaring an unrecoverable error DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 51 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Write Retry Count This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that will be performed before declaring an unrecoverable error 8 52 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 4 Disconnect Reconnect Page 02h The drive supports the Disconnect Reconnect Page which has the following format Bit OE DES EE Peso Pago Code oan O O Additional Page Length OEh Buffer Full Ratio Byte Buffer empty Ratio MSB Bus Inactivity Limit MSB Disconnect time Limit LSB MSB Connect time Limit LSB MSB Maximum Burst Size LSB Figure 8 33 Disconnect Reconnect Page Format In this page only the Maximum Burst Size parameter is changeable The following parameters in this page are supported Maximum Burst Size This value specifies the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting A value of zero sets no limit This value is in units of 512
173. he Sense Data Length does not include itself Media Type The media type determined by the drive is as follows 00h Unknown or media not present 81h Cleaning Tape 82h DLTtape I or DLTtape H 83h DLTtape HI 84h DLTtape IIxt 85h DLTtape IV DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 75 DLT4000 SCSI Interface WP A Write Protected bit of zero indicates that the tape is write enabled A Write Protected bit of one indicates that the tape is write protected Buffered Mode The drive implements Immediate Reporting on WRITE commands through Buffered mode If the field is zero then the drive does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written to tape If the Buffered Mode field is one then the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer This is the default configuration for the drive If Buffered mode is not used the tape drive will suffer a significant degradation in performance but not capacity Speed The tape drive supports only one speed the default speed Block Descriptor Length This specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors Since the drive only allows one block descriptor this value will be 8 Density Code This field matches the current density of the media or zero if the density is unknown 00h use default density OAh 6667 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 86 199 read only
174. he actual parameters value The parameter header is as follows Current Default Maximum Name refers to the parameter name for example PRODUCTID or DEFFAULTCOMPON decimal data type if not specified Current Default Minimum Maximum specifies the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 11 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 1Eh oo Operation Code 1Eh Se a eT ote Revere SSS OC Cs _ e e Figure 8 56 This command enables or disables the unloading of the tape cartridge If this bit is set the Unload button on the drive front panel is effectively disabled and the UNLOAD command will not unload the media or the cartridge The When the Prevent bit is set to zero then the Prevent state corresponding to that initiator is cleared Only when all initiators have cleared their Prevent state are the reset or Bus Device Reset message the Prevent Medium Removal function is cleared If a Media Loader is present the Move Medium command will not be allowed to 8 90 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 12 READ 08h Bit elele a es iz Operation Code 08h E a a Transfer Length LSB Ps e e Figure 8 57 READ CDB the drive Fixed or variable length blocks are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is set to zero a Variable Block mode is requested A single block is initiator has allocated for the returned d
175. he allowed maximum marginal channel 0 3 allowed When set report busy status if the drive is in the progress of becoming ready DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 67 DLT4000 SCSI Interface This is an example of an EEROM vendor unique page that will modify the VENDORID parameter to XXXYY 0 0 0 Page Code 3EH 1 Page Length OFH 2 y 76H 3 e 65H 4 n 6EH 5 d 64H 6 o 6FH 7 P 72H 8 69H 9 d 64H 10 ms 20H 11 x 58H 12 X 58H 13 y 59H 14 D 59H 15 y 59H 16 lt LF gt OAH or 00H Figure 8 40 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Example 1 8 68 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface This is an example of an EEROM vendor unique page that will modify the FORCEDENSITY parameter to 1 0 0 0 Page Code 3EH 1 Page Length OFH 2 Py 46H 3 O 4FH 4 R 52H 5 C 43H 6 E 45H 7 D 44H 8 HE 45H 9 N 4EH 10 g 53H 11 E 49H 12 T 54H 13 y 59H 14 oe 20H 15 q 31H 16 lt LF gt OAH or 00H Figure 8 41 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Example 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 69 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 10 MODE SELECT Changeabl
176. he receiver were open and a magazine were then inserted the lowest numbered cartridge is automatically loaded into the drive Subsequently issuing the SCSI unload command would unload the cartridge and load the next higher numbered cartridge DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library MODE KEY oce AUTOMATIC pIsascED 9 poe OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL O T BUTTON O Load Unload INDICATOR AREA exec 6 Q an Co o 0 se O SF OEE LABEL a F IR 9 C Loader Fault BUS 1D 2 IIo cole ot Dene ti Select 3 Io o O I vegety oe 4 jo ar s o F DENSITY ate es col joe SELECT aes AREA 5 He ee ID conrese 7 10 0715 0 O 20 0 cls 6 x E compress Oje CURRENT SLOT INDICATORS 0 6 DLT4700 Figure 5 2 DLT4700 Operator Control Panel Error Bookmark not defined 5 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 4 2 Automatic Mode
177. he same initiator DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 113 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 20 REWIND 01h Bit a TO 0 So Reserved byte Figure 8 72 REWIND CDB REWIND tells the drive to position the tape at the beginning of the currently active partition Before rewinding the drive writes any write data that is buffered to the tape and appends an EOD marker Immed If the Immed Immediate bit is set the drive first writes any remaining buffered data to tape followed by an EOD marker It then returns status to the host before beginning the actual rewind operation If the Immed bit is not set status will be returned after the rewind has completed 8 114 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 21 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh Bit Poe woe pepe Oe Byte MSB Parameter List Length LSB Figure 8 73 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB SEND DIAGNOSTIC tells the drive to perform its diagnostic tests The Page Format field is not supported and must be zero Two separate types of unit resident tests can be accessed Electronics Self Test Level test To invoke the diagnostic a good portion of the controller hardware and software must be functioning properly This is the premise this test is based on that full power up testing is not necessary Therefore this test does an extension of the power up self tests The code ROM EDC is verified two queues used by much of the contro
178. he system power 2 Set the power switch on the DLT4000 rear panel to on POST runs automatically 3 Observe the indicators on the DLT4000 front panel Ensure the indicator sequence of events is the same as in Table 2 2 Events on the right and left sides happen at the same time Table 2 2 POST Event Action 1 The indicators on the right front panel turn on sequentially from top to bottom All indicators stay on for a few seconds 2 All indicators on the left front panel turn on at the same time for about three seconds and then turn off 3 The green Operate Handle the orange Write Protected and the Yellow Use Cleaning Tape indicators turn off The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks while the tape drive initializes 4 After initialization if no cartridge is loaded the yellow Tape In Use indicator turns off the green Operate Handle indicator turns on the handle unlatches and the beeper sounds For more information on what happens after initialization when a cartridge is present but the handle is down or a cartridge is present but the handle is up not recommended see Section 3 5 4 in Chapter 3 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 9 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive POST completes in about 13 seconds and the drive responds normally to all commands However it might take longer for the media to become ready After a bus reset the tape drive responds within a bus selection time out per
179. he user will need to issue Log Sense to read the counters to see for which parameter code criteria is met Parameter Code Basis of Comparison 00b Every update of the cumulative value 01b Cumulative value equal to threshold value 10b Cumulative value not equal to threshold value 11b Cumulative value greater than threshold value Figure 8 23 Threshold Met Criteria e LP List Parameter This bit will always be set to zero as we treat the parameter codes as data counter When the data counter reaches its defined maximum value it is not increment and DU bit is set to 1 If the data counter is at or reaches its maximum value during the execution of a command the drive will complete the command If the RLEC bit of CONTROL MODE PAGE is 1 the drive then will issue the status of CHECK CONDITION and set the sense key to RECOVERED ERROR with additional sense code set to LOG COUNTER AT MAXIMUM Parameter Length This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value Parameter Value This field is the actual value of this log parameter 8 40 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 3 Last n Error Events Page 07h This page returns one parameter at a time that consists of the ASCII text for the specified event log The Parameter Number field in the CDB specifies the log event to return The log events EEROM are numbered 0 to 255 after which the number wraps back to 0 and only a lim
180. idge To select a cartridge press the Slot Select button to advance the slot indicator to the next available slot After a successful initialization the DLT4700 mini library automatically selects slot 0 and the Slot Select button becomes active The Load Unload and Eject indicators remain on during slot selection 5 8 2 Loading the Cartridge To load the cartridge from the loader into the drive press the Load Unload button Table 5 4 explains what happens after pressing the button Table 5 4 Load Unload Functions Stage What Happens 1 The Select Slot Load Unload and Eject indicators turn off and the elevator moves to the selected slot indicated by the indicator 2 The cartridge is then removed from the magazine and placed in the elevator 3 The elevator moves to the drive position and inserts the cartridge into the drive 4 The indicators remain off until the tape loads to the BOT 5 After the cartridge is loaded into the drive the Eject and Load Unload indicators turn on and the corresponding buttons are enabled The Slot Select indicator remains off 5 18 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 8 3 Unloading the Cartridge CAUTION Do not press the Load Unload button until backup or other tape operations are stopped at the terminal Doing so can result in operation failure and drive unavailability NOTE The Load Unload indicator must be on before y
181. idge 3 21 unloading a cartridge 3 24 Disabling parity checking 2 5 3 2 5 3 Disconnect Reconnect 8 53 page 8 81 Display Density Select Mode 4 16 4 17 Firmware Update Mode 4 19 Normal Mode 4 14 Display Mode button 4 13 DLT4000 rear panel 2 7 troubleshooting chart 2 11 DLT4000 Tape Drive Mounting Holes A 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 overview 1 1 DLT4500 Controller error description 6 5 DLT4500 Drive error description 6 5 DLT4500 Error conditions 6 5 DLT4500 Errors clearing for loader drive controller or unknown 6 6 DLT4500 Errors clearing for magazine 6 5 DLT4500 Loader error description 6 5 DLT4500 Loader timing characteristics Loader performance specifications A 13 DLT4500 Magazine status of 6 5 DLT4500 Magazine error 6 5 DLT4500 Mini library operating procedure 4 1 DLT4500 Mini library configure install 4 3 DLT4500 Mini library introduction 4 2 DLT4500 Unknown error description 6 6 DLT4700 overview 5 1 DLT4700 Controller fault description 6 8 DLT4700 Drive fault description 6 8 DLT4700 Error conditions 6 6 DLT4700 Loader fault description 6 8 DLT4700 Loader reset 6 9 DLT4700 Loader timing characteristics Loader performance specifications A 13 DLT4700 Magazine status of 6 6 DLT4700 Magazine Error 6 6 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications A 28 DLTtape Spec s A 28 Download microcode 8 127 and save 8 127 Drive installation 2 4 Drive inquiry response 8 18 Drive reliability
182. ields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to Filemark Detected Upon termination the media will be logically positioned after the Filemark EOM side If the drive detects EOD during the READ the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the Valid bit is set and the Sense Key field is set to BLANK CHECK The EOM bit may be set if the drive determines that the tape is positioned past the PSEN marker The information fields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set Upon termination the media will be physically positioned before EOD and after the last block on tape The meaning of EOM is different for a read than for a write type of command EOM is only reported when the physical EOM P is encountered The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status The EOM and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key is set to MEDIUM ERROR The information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P Detected The tape is physically positioned at EOM P If any READ command cannot be completed successfully the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status Further commands should attempt to move past the error and complete successfully 8 92 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 4 13 READ BLOCK LIMITS 05h Bit E Lao Loe ee o Opera
183. ifications A tin This A ppentidixe t sia ten cas cece scene venue On eon ce EEE e EEES A 1 A 2 Drive and Mini library Physical Descriptions ccscceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees A 2 A 2 1 DLT4000 Drive Physical Descriptions eesseeeseeeseeeeereesrrererrrerreereeeres A 2 A 2 2 DLT4500 Mini library Physical Descriptions seceeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeees A 4 A 2 3 DLT4700 Mini library Physical Descriptions scceeseeeseeeesreeeeeeees A 5 A 3 Drive Functional Description e cc eeseeseeeeseeeesseeeeseecesaeecsaeeceeecsaeesseeeessaee A 6 A 3 1 DLT4000 Drive Functional Description e cc eeeeeseeeeseeseseeeeseeeeneers A 6 AA Identifying the Correct AC Power Cord ceeceesecsseecesceeeceneecsseesesaeeesaeeraes A 8 Contents DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem xiii Contents A 5 DLT4000 Tape Drive Mounting Hole Descriptions 00 0 0 eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees A 10 A 6 Performance Specifications ceeeesesecssceceseeeeesseecseeeseecseecsseeesseaeessaeers A 12 A 6 1 Nominal Tape Tension oiana aa E E a as A 12 A 6 2 DLT4000 Timing Characteristics ssessseeeeeeeeereeereeerreseresereserrsrrerrrsee A 12 A 6 3 DLT4500 Media Loader Timing Characteristics s eeseeeeeereeeeeeeee e A 13 A 6 4 DLT4700 Media Loader Timing Characteristics sseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee A 13 A 7 Environmental Specifications 0 0 0 cee eescceseecsseeeeseeecsseecsneeceseeseeeseseeeeseaeees A 14 A 7 1
184. igure 8 16 Parameter Codes Supported Parameter codes 00h Olh and 04h will always return a value of zero NOTE Parameter value for code 05h will be 8 bytes the parameter length will be set to 8 Error Detection Summary in Log Select Pages The host should issue a LOG SENSE command to initialize host software which allows e Correct determination of the pages the drive uses e Determination of the parameter codes and length of each parameter The following conditions constitute errors in the parameter block that will cause the drive to return CHECK CONDITION with the sense data set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST e Ifa page header is received with unsupported page codes e Incorrect log page length is specified in the page header e Anillegal parameter code within a valid page code e Parameter codes for a supported page are not sent in ascending order e LP bit is set to 1 in the parameter control byte e DS bit is set to zero in the parameter control byte e TSD bit is set to zero in the parameter control byte DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 33 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 LOG SENSE 4Dh Bit Ge a FS Fe a e a oo Operation Code 4Dh C oa UnitNumber oy Reseed Pro Sro oe Byte Page Code Reserved Reserved MSB Parameter Pointer LSB MSB Allocation Length LSB Figure 8 17 LOG SENSED CDB ZA EA EA EA LOG SENSE allows the h
185. ing the SCSI ID 3 2 2 Setting the TRM PWR jumpers 3 2 3 Locating the SCSI Cable and Power 3 2 4 Connectors DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 1 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 2 1 Disabling Parity Checking If your system does not generate parity you can disable parity checking by adding a jumper to the SCSI connector on the left side of the DLT4000 drive Figure 3 1 NOTE A jumper must always be placed on the Remote ID Present position Figure 3 2 for the host to recognize any ID selection on this connector using jumpers The default ID is factory set at 5 3 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive To disable parity 1 Use Figure 3 1 Number 9 to locate the SCSI ID connector on the drive SCSI Parity Disab le peee 2332 28 DAS TRM PWR s Right side imm a a Left side LKG 924 7 94 F TRM PWR Connector SCSIID Connector Loader Connector Figure 3 1 DLT4000 Drive Connectors DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive Figure 3 2 shows what the pins on the SCSI ID connector represent Disable Remote ID Panty Present ID Pins A o jojooo a ojojo OO LKG 92 95 9 4F Figure 3 2 SCSI ID Connector Pins NOTE A jumper must always be placed on the Remote ID Present position Figure 3 2 for the host to recognize any ID sel
186. ini Library Examine the components on the mini library rear panel Figure 4 2 to complete the physical installation To connect the SCSI signal cable 1 Ensure the mini library power is turned off 2 Connect one end of the SCSI cable to an available SCSI signal connector on the mini library rear panel 3 Snap the wire cable clamps into place or tighten the screws whichever are supplied to secure the cable 4 Connect the other end of the SCSI signal cable to the SCSI connector on your system or for daisy chained configurations to another SCSI device See your system documentation for system SCSI connections 4 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 5 Test the Installation This section tells you how to run the power on self test POST and what to do after POST 4 5 1 Run POST To test the installation for the mini library by running POST 1 Turn on the system power 2 Set the power switch on the mini library rear panel to on Result POST runs automatically when you turn on the mini library 3 Watch the display on the mini library front panel Ensure the sequence of events is the same as listed Event Action 1 The message LDR RST loader reset displays 2 The message LDR ACT loader active displays 3 A series of numbers display as the mini library elevator goes up and down 4 The message DRV RDY drive ready or the message LDR RDY load
187. ink bit provides an automatic link to the next command bypassing the usual ARBITRATION SELECTION and MESSAGE OUT phases which would normally occur between commands All other bits in the Control Byte are considered to be reserved 8 14 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 2 Summary of Supported Sequential Access Device Commands The following table shows what SCSI commands are supported by the DLT4000 tape drive Opcode 19 12 1B 2B 4C 4D 15 1A 5A 1E 08 05 3C 34 1C 17 03 16 Ol 1D 11 00 13 OA 3B 10 Table 8 2 DLT4000 Supported SCSI Commands Command ERASE INQUIRY LOAD UNLOAD LOCATE LOG SELECT LOG SENSE MODE SELECT MODE SENSE PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL READ READ BLOCK LIMITS READ BUFFER READ POSITION RECEIVE DIAG RESULTS RELEASE UNIT REQUEST SENSE RESERVE UNIT REWIND SEND DIAGNOSTIC SPACE TEST UNIT READY VERIFY WRITE WRITE BUFFER WRITE FILEMARK Section 8 4 3 8 4 4 8 4 5 8 4 6 8 4 7 8 4 8 8 4 9 8 4 10 8 4 11 8 4 12 8 4 13 8 4 14 8 4 15 8 4 16 8 4 17 8 4 18 8 4 19 8 4 20 8 4 21 8 4 22 8 4 23 8 4 24 8 4 25 8 4 26 8 4 27 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 15 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 3 ERASE 19h Bit jo Operation Code 19h Figure 8 3 ERASE CDB ERASE causes data on the tape to be erased Any write data currently held in buffer memory and not written to tape yet is flushed to tape
188. iod 2 6 2 What to Do after POST Table 2 3 After POST If Then All the events in Table 2 2 took POST succeeded Bring up the system place and run the optional system tests See Chapter 3 for operating the drive and selecting density All left or right side indicators on POST failed See Table 2 4 the DLT4000 front panel blink only 2 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 2 7 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart If the DLT4000 tabletop drive fails during POST or operation use Table 2 4 to determine the problem and the action to take If Your system does not recognize the DLT4000 tabletop drive Table 2 4 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart Then Your system might not be configured to see the SCSI ID The SCSI ID might not be unique The parameters for your SCSI adapter might be incorrect The SCSI signal cable might be loose The SCSI terminator might not be present or might be loose The SCSI bus might not be correctly terminated The SCSI terminator might not be at the end of the bus or more than two terminators might be present You should Configure your system to see the ID Change the SCSI ID and reconfigure the system The new ID is effective at the next power on Check your SCSI adapter installation Make sure the connector on each end of the cable is fully seated Install the terminator make sure the
189. ion or ECM is constantly receiving non tape commands Spurious Power Fail Signal received possible power supply fault Spurious Level 6 interrupt GPSP possible ECM fault Loader time out possible media loader fault DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 3 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs D 3 PO ST failure packets PO ST failure packets are stored whenever the Power On Self Test logic detects a failure of any kind Each failure is encoded as a 4 byte vector In some cases multiple vectors may be stored as shown in Figure D 3 Bits 7 0 01 02 POH PC Time Stamp 03 04 POST Last Fail Vector 07 08 09 10 Secondary POST Vector 1 12 14 Tertiary POST Vector 15 16 17 reserved i g 96 I J Figure D 3 POST LOG Packet Layout D 4 Event Log packets Event logs are non fatal and can occur to log error or informative information regarding significant events The general envelope for these packets is shown in Figure D 4 Refer to Table D 3 for a list of the existing error codes as well as where to refer for additional information D 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Bits 7 0 Tape Format when called New Tape Format re Servo EOT Address Unique Media ID CR MSG Buffer Address Figure D 4 EVENT LOG Packet Layout Table D 3 Event Log Codes Event Log Code Meaning OxA400 Hard Read Error Log OxA4
190. ion Size Unit of Measure field must be zero Medium Format Recognition This field is only valid on a MODE SENSE and is set to 01h indicating that automatic Format Recognition is supported DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 63 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 9 EEROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh The drive supports a vendor unique page which you can use to modify savable parameters Only one savable parameter may be changed per Mode Select command It has the following format NY Oe ASCII String of parameter name and value Figure 8 39 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Format The ASCII string has a parameter name followed by one or more space characters a parameter value and an ASCII line feed or null character When the string is parsed the parameter value will be interpreted as indicated in the following table The parameter name may be in upper or lowercase 8 64 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 4 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters Name Value Rep Default Length Usage Bytes VENDORID ASCII QUANTUM 8 Vendor Identification field in Inquiry Data PRODUCTID ASCII DLT4000 16 Product Identification field in Inquiry Data FORCEDENSITY ASCII Decimal 0 1 Oatorii 1 DLT260 2 DLT600 3 DLT2000xt 4 DLT4000 i 1 FORCECOMP ASCII Binary 0 1 O automatic 1 Always compress unless front panel selection disables it DEFAULTCOMPON ASCII Binary 1 1 0 Compression defaulted off
191. ion for RESERVE UNIT allows an initiator to reserve a logical unit for another SCSI device This option is intended for systems that use COPY and is implemented by the drive If the third party 3rdPty bit is zero then the third party reservation option is not requested If the 3rdPty bit is one RESERVE UNIT reserves the logical unit for the 8 112 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field The drive preserves the reservation until any one of the four conditions mentioned above occurs The drive ignores any attempt made by any other initiator to release the reservation and returns a GOOD status An initiator that holds a current reservation may modify that reservation for example to switch third parties by issuing another RESERVE UNIT to the drive 8 4 19 1 Medium Changer Considerations The optional Element reservation feature defined for Medium Changer devices in SCSI 2 is not supported so the RESERVE command is defined the same as for the tape drive Only the whole loader unit can be reserved This is separate from a reservation of the tape drive The RESERVE RELEASE commands operate on a LUN basis so the Medium Changer and Tape Drive are generally handled as different devices But in the case of a reserved drive LUN a MOVE MEDIUM command issued to the loader LUN can not insert remove a cartridge on the drive unless the drive is reserved by t
192. is 0 UAAENP Unit Attention AEN Permission returned for this field is 0 Ready AEN Holdoff Period returned for this field is 0 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 83 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 84 6 The Data Compression Page specifies parameters for the control of data compression Bit gt J ee a a a 0 To es revo rages Si MSB Compression Algorithm LSB MSB 1 Decompression Algorithm LSB 12 MSB 15 Reserved LSB Figure 8 53 Data Compression Page OFh PS Parameters Savable The Parameters Savable bit indicates if the MODE SENSE parameter data contained in this page is savable The DLT4000 drive does not support this feature The value returned for this bit is 0 Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SENSE data being transferred The value returned for this field is OFh Data Compression Page Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of Data Compression Page bytes that follow this byte The value returned for this byte is OEh 84 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface DCE Data Compression Enable value returned for this bit depends on the current write density of the DLT4000 drive as follows 1 Data compression is enabled DCC Data Compression Capable compression as follows 0 The device does not support data compressi 1 The device supports data compression and will process any data sent to it by the initiator ac
193. is 10 0 GB and the selected density is 6 0 GB 10 0 15 0 indicators steady 6 0 blinks and Density Override indicators steady To select density over the SCSI bus 1 Do a SCSI MODE SELECT with the density you want For more details see Chapter 8 2 Write data to the tape from BOT DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 11 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 6 Operator Control Panel The DLT4700 Operator Control Panel OCP has 4 OCP pushbuttons and 22 indicators Table 5 2 used with the Mode Select key See Section 5 4 for information on the Mode Select key and its functions See Section 5 8 for more details on button and indicator operations Table 5 2 lists each button indicator and its function Table 5 2 DLT4700 Operator Control Panel Button Indicator Color Function Eject button Opens the receiver allowing access to the magazine for removal and insertion of cartridges Also unloads the tape from the drive to the magazine if a tape is inserted Eject indicator Green Indicates the user can press the Eject button to unload cartridges from the drive to the magazine and open the receiver Is on when a magazine fault has occurred to indicate Eject is the only function available at that time Load Unload e Loads the currently selected cartridge into the button tape drive e Unloads the cartridge currently in the tape drive e Resets the mini library if there is a loader fault Load
194. is supported 8 86 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem These indicate how full empty the buffer memory should be before restarting the writing reading of the media The DLT4000 drive will set these fields to zero unused ratios according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Write Delay Time before forcing the data to tape 100 ms increments Note that the buffer full empty ratio which is dynamic can cause data to be written sooner than the Write Delay time be flushed in 20 seconds Maximum value is 6500 1964h and the minimum is 15 Fh This represents delays from almost 11 minutes down to 1 5 seconds DBR set to 0 Data buffer recovery not supported BIS set to 1 Block Identifiers Supported in media format AVC set to 0 SOCF set to 0 REW set to 0 Do not report Early Warning EOM on reads This field is not used and is set to zero EOD Defined EEG The Enable EOD Generation bit is set to indicate that the drive will generate an EOD type operation SEW and Buffer Size at Early Warning supported and will be zero Select Data Compression Algorithm DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 87 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 8 Medium Partition Page 11h The drive supports the Medium Partitions Parameter Page which has the following format Bit eae ea ee To es 0 ___ Pacctodein ano 73 ________AdionalPartions Deined a ce ae ee Esa Medium Format Recognition
195. ited number of events are stored at a given time up to 14 The log event returned is the one whose parameter code is equal to or the first one greater than the Parameter Number specified in the CDB Parameter Code Parameter code values are assigned from 0 to 27 where 0 would be the oldest event stored and the highest parameter code returned would be the most recent event Hex ASCII String The text of the parameter includes a Packet which is a value from 0 to 255 This internal number is assigned when the packet is written into EEROM Zero is normally the oldest packet but packet numbers can wrap around from 255 to 0 For a detailed description of the packet string see Appendix D Bit 7 ds b h b k h o MSB Parameter Code LSB Byte is ou Los re Tere me 0 ar ee Parameter Length Hex ASCII string for Event n Figure 8 24 Last n Error Events Page DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 41 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 8 4 Read Write Compression Ratio Page Format 32h The Read Write Compression Ratio page begins with a 4 byte header followed by the log parameter blocks of 6 or 8 bytes depending on the parameter code selected Parameter Codes The following parameter codes are supported for the Read Write Compression Ratio page Parameter Description Code Read Compression Ratio x 100 Write Compression Ratio x 100 MBytes Transferred to Host Bytes Transferred to Host MBytes Read
196. ity to be used 2 Ona Write from BOT the tape density may be changed by e The Density Select button Using the Density Select button always overrides a host selection e A programmable host selection via your operating system The Density Override indicator is off indicating automatic or host density selection e Native default density 20 0 GB and 40 0 GB Compress assuming the use of a DLTtape IV and the Density Select button or the host selection was not used CAUTION Doing any Write from BOT destroys data on tape How to Select Density To select density with the DLT4700 mini library 1 Press the Load Unload button to load the cartridge into the drive The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks while the tape loads and calibrates 2 After calibration completes the yellow Tape in Use indicator remains lit 3 The indicator showing the tape s prerecorded density indicators such as 2 6 or 6 0 4 The user can use the loader operator control panel at various times not just after loading a tape Density selection is inactive until the write from BOT command is issued The controller remembers the density selection state until you do one of the following e Change the density selection e Eject the magazine from the loader DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 9 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Density Select Example If you have loaded a tape with a prerecorded 2 6 GB density and you
197. ive position the write protect switch on the front of the cartridge Figure 3 7 e Left so the cartridge is write protected e Right so the cartridge is write enabled When you slide the switch to the left the small orange rectangle is visible This means data cannot be written to the tape The arrow beneath the orange rectangle and over the two lines on the write protect switch indicates data cannot be written to the tape On the right side of the write protect switch an arrow over one line indicates that if you slide the write protect switch to the right data can be written to the tape DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 17 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive Figure 3 7 shows the write protect switch on the tape cartridge ORANGE INDICATOR WRITE PROTECT SWITCH WRITE ENABLED PROTECTED IKO 1217 0 Figure 3 7 Tape Cartridge 3 18 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 6 2 Data Protection When the cartridge write protect switch is moved to the left the drive turns on the write protect LED immediately But if the drive is writing to the tape write protect does not take effect until the write completes Table 3 3 describes what happens to data protection when you move the write protect switch before loading the cartridge Table 3 3 Before Loading the Cartridge If you move the write protect switch
198. l Sense Code Sense Qualifier 15h 2h 40h 80h 40h 81h 40h 82h 40h 83h Level 1 test failed Loader Reset failed DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 119 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 22 SPACE 11h Bit fea sie eee Se Aa a eee Operation Code 11h o Byte Figure 8 75 SPACE CDB SPACE provides a variety of positioning functions that are determined by Code and Count fields in the Command Descriptor Block Both forward toward EOM P and reverse toward BOM P positioning are provided Code The code is defined as follows Space Code Space by Blocks Filemarks Sequential Filemarks End of Data Figure 8 76 SPACE Code Definition For 2 6 and 6 0 GB format the drive supports count values 0 1 and 2 only For 10 0 GB format compress or noncompress the count value can be from 0 to FFFFFFh 8 120 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Count When spacing over blocks or marks the Count field is interpreted as follows e A positive value N causes forward movement over N blocks or marks The tape is logically positioned after the Nth block or mark on the EOM P side e A zero value causes no change in the logical position e A negative value N two s complement notation causes reverse movement over N blocks or marks The tape is logically positioned on the BOM P side of the Nth block or mark e When spacing to EOD the Count field is ignored Forward movem
199. l Ane Pesta oreestan 4 7 4 4 4 Connecting the SCSI Signal Cable 0 cee ee ceeeesseessneeeceeeeeeseeseeeennees 4 8 4 5 Installation testin g 4 5 i22iscisienistics te telesales anh AE E E Aa 4 9 4 5 1 R n POST mehan a aids ate ana Bie Sa ge 4 9 435 2 Whiat to Do adfter POST isis ci lke Se ei eh a aaa 4 9 4 6 Operator Control Panel 7 ncietsnccnnnwaie eaten tienen cn ene nanan 4 12 4 6 1 Normal Mode Displays cseescecesececeeceseeecsscecssceceseeeesaeeesaeeceseeeeee 4 14 4 6 2 Density Select Mode Displays eseceesecesseecsseessseeseseeeesneessaeeseaeeenes 4 16 4 6 3 SCSTID Select Mode 0 ccsc ccsessesssceeseaseseesonseeonsebosssessaesonsenssseesses 4 18 4 7 4 Firmware Update Mode eee ceescceeseeceseecesseecsscecseessseeeesneeesaeessaeeeees 4 19 AS Key lock snie aaa E E E E AAE NS 4 20 4 8 1 OCP locked or OCP Disabled ccccccccccccccccccccccccccceecceceeeeceeeeeeeeees 4 20 4 8 2 OCP Unlocked or Enabled ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccceceeecececeeeeeeeeeeees 4 20 49 Selectia density nn 8652 oes vehceb te ast ee takes oaks iets caeseaebe eels a e a 4 21 4 9 1 Front panel density Selects hri ri iiir eriei ai is EAEE EAS 4 21 4 9 2 Host selection density sssri aeniei een EEE E E E a 4 23 49 3 Native default density rinena in ea n r Ee ein 4 23 4 10 Description of the Tape Cartridge seseseeeseeeresereesresrresrrrsreserereresererereseres 4 24 4 10 1 Tape Cartridge positioni
200. le 4 3 lists the line one displayed messages during Normal Mode operation Table 4 3 Normal Mode Line One Display Message Tells you DRV ACT Tape is reading or writing DRV RDY A cartridge is in the drive and the tape is not moving DRV REW Tape is rewinding LDR RDY Power is on and no cartridge is in the drive LDR ACT Loader is moving a cartridge ERR MAG The status of cartridges reported by the loader and the drive is inconsistent ERR LDR A loader transfer assembly error occurred ERR DRV A drive error occurred ERR CTL A controller error occurred ERR UNK An error of unknown origin occurred 4 14 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Table 4 4 lists the line two displayed field codes during Normal Mode operation Display Message HC SLOT NUMBER DENSITY WP Table 4 4 Normal Mode Line Two Tells you HC when displayed indicates the need to use a cleaning cartridge Blank indicates normal operation Displays the current slot number containing the cartridge Each current slot number flashes in the display when its corresponding cartridge moves to or from the drive Also used with the ERR MAG or ERR LDR message to show the type of error Displays Cartridge Density 2 6 On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 2 6 format 6 On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 6 GB format 10 15 On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 10 GB format
201. lect Mode SCSI ID Select mode allows you to select the SCSI ID for the tape drive and to enter Code Update mode If you turn power off and then on again or reset the mini library the SCSI ID you chose reappears after being stored Table 4 7 lists displayed messages during Firmware Update Mode operation Table 4 7 SCSI ID SELECT Mode Display Message Display Message Tells you SCSI ID SEL Mini library is in SCSI ID Select mode SCSI ID 0 SCSI ID is set to 0 SCSI ID 1 SCSI ID is set to 1 SCSI ID 2 SCSI ID is set to 2 SCSI ID 3 SCSI ID is set to 3 SCSI ID 4 SCSI ID is set to 4 SCSI ID 5 SCSI ID is set to 5 SCSI ID 6 SCSI ID is set to 6 SCSI ID 7 SCSI ID is set to 7 If you press the Select button while in SCSI ID Select mode the stored SCSI ID you chose moves by one increment If you press the Select button when the stored SCSI ID is 7 then the SCSI ID moves to 0 Switch Functions While in SCSI ID Select mode If you press and release the Display Mode button the mini library enters Normal mode 4 18 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 7 4 Firmware Update Mode In Normal Mode note pressing the Display Mode button twice will put the mini library in Firmware Update mode In Density Select Mode the two line display is defined in figure 4 9 Firmware Update Figure 4 9 Firmware Update Mode Field Definition Table 4 8 lists displayed messages during op
202. lement address as a source or destination All the IE gt XX and the XX gt IE entries are zero since there is no Import Export element Bytes 12 through 15 are all zero as the medium changer does not support the exchange medium command DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 133 DLT4000 SCSI Interface The medium changer does not support ST gt ST or DT gt DT 8 134 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 2 2 Element Address Assignment Page 1Dh The drive supports the Element Address Assignment Page which has the following format Byte Bit CC b k bhb k h lo Pps o Page Code Dh MSB Ist Medium Transport Element Address Olh MSB Number of Medium Transport Elements 1 LSB MSB Ist Storage Element Address 100h LSB MSB Number of Storage Elements LSB MSB 1st Import Export Elements 0 LSB MSB Number of Import Export Elements LSB MSB lst Data Transfer Element Address 10 h LSB MSB Number of Data Transfer Elements 01 LSB Figure 8 85 Element Address Assignment Page Format o 6 s o DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 135 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Medium Changer Element Address assignment is as follows Table 8 13 Medium Changer Element Addresses Address 0 1 2 OFh 10h 1 1h OFFh 100h 101h 102h 103h 104h 105h 106h 107h OFFFFh Comments Default Medium Transport
203. lid Bits in ID Msg Medium Changer specific commands DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 109 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 7 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d ASC ASCQ Description 3Fh Olh Microcode has been changed 40h 80h ROM EDC failure 81h RAM failure 82h Bad Drive status 83h Loader diags failed 84h Reportable POST failure 43h 00h Message error 44h 00h Internal Target Failure 80h Unexpected Selection Interrupt 82h Command complete sequence failure 83h SCSI chip Gross Error 84h Unexplained Residue in TC Registers 85h Immediate data transfer time out 86h Insufficient CDB bytes 87h Disconnect SDP sequence failed 88h Bus DMA Transfer Time out Clh EEPROM copy area bad C2h EEPROM copy 2 area bad C3h Both EEPROM copies bad 45h 00h Select Reselect Failure 47h 00h SCSI Parity Error 48h 00h IDE Message received 49h 00h Invalid Message Error 4Eh 00h Overlapped Commands attempted 51h 00h Erase failure 8 110 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem ASC 53h SAh 5Bh 80h 81h 82h DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 7 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used Cont d ASCQ 00h Olh 02h Olh Olh 02h 00h Olh 02h 00h 00h Description Media Load Eject failure Unload Tape failure Media Removal Prevented Operator Media Removal Request Threshold Condition Met Log Counter at Maximum Calibration Error Cleaning Required Cleaning Requested Directory Read
204. ller software is checked by dequeuing and enqueuing items The Send Diagnostic when there is a loader attached a software reset is performed on it This test does not attempt to write or read data to or from media This test has an execution time of approximately 60 seconds which includes the reset This test is specified by setting just the Self Test bit DevOfL and UnitOfL both zero DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 115 DLT4000 SCSI Interface e Write Read Functionality Test Level 2 test The default version of this test does the following Writes 500 32 KB records on track 0 Rewinds the tape Reads the records Positions to the beginning of track 1 Writes 500 32 KB records on track 1 Repositions to the beginning of track 1 Reads the records Rewinds the tape The execution time for the test is 6 minutes if calibration is not required This test is specified by setting the Self Test and UnitOfL bits and zeroing the DevOfL bit This test can accept a parameter list specifying test variables as shown in the next table If a parameter list is specified all parameters must be filled in and the parameter list length should be set to 12 If these requirements are not met an ILLEGAL REQUEST will be returned The Self Test bit should be zero 8 116 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 8 Send Diagnostics Parameters Selftest DevOfL UnitOfL Selftest Actio
205. loader cartridge transport assembly ERR DRV Message indicates an error was detected in the tape drive ERR CTL Message indicates an error was detected in the controller All loader errors cause the message to be displayed ERR UNK Message indicates an error was detected an error of unknown origin In some errors the mini library Autoloader retries the error three times before showing failure 4 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library When the user engages the Load Unload button the mini library Autoloader attempts to clear the error When the user engages the Open button the door is released to allow the user to open the door to access to the magazine If all of the actions taken by the user fails to clear the error call your service representative DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 11 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 6 Operator Control Panel The operator control panel OCP has 4 pushbuttons Figure 4 5 and Table 4 2 Cy 7 Figure 4 5 Mini Library Operator Control Panel Display Select Load Open Mode Unload The LCD Display features two lines of characters Message content of either line can contain a mixture of messages and field codes Messages and field codes can be found in the following tables e Normal Mode Table 4 3 4 4 e Density Select Mode Table 4 5 4 6 e SCSI ID Select Mode
206. lues 11b Default Cumulative Values Figure 8 13 LOG Page Control Definitions All types of parameter values are changeable through Log Select When the PC field is set to 00b or 01b and the Parameter List Length is zero the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION Status with Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB This is because modification of Current Threshold Values and Current Cumulative Values is not supported When the PC field is set to 10b and the Parameter List Length field is 0 then all Current Threshold Values will be reset to the Default Threshold Values This is equivalent to no change as Threshold Values cannot be modified When the PC field is set to 11b and the Parameter List Length field is 0 then all Current Cumulative Values will be reset to the Default Cumulative Values This is equivalent to clearing all log pages which can be cleared Parameter List Length This field specifies the length in bytes of the LOG SELECT parameter list to be transferred from the initiator to the target during the DATA OUT phase A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data is to be transferred This condition is not considered an error see the description of Parameter Code Reset and Page Control fields in this section Error Detection Summary in LOG SELECT CDB The following conditions constitute errors that will be detected by the drive in relation to the CDB The request sense data is set to ILL
207. ma tion about the code images that exist in the Flash memories for those areas before the update is performed The New 68020 and New Servo sections contain information about the new images The fields within these sections are self explanatory Refer to Table D 6 and Table D 7 for a description of the statuses D 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Bits 7 0 POH PC Time Stamp 68020 Fw Update Status Servo Fw Update Status Old 68020 Code EDC value Old 68020 Code Time Stamp Old 68020 Code Pers Old 68020 Code Pers SubRev Old Servo Code Version Old Servo Code EDC value 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs New 68020 Code Version New 68020 Code SubRev New 68020 Rel Fiag reserved New 68020 Code EDC value New 68020 Code Time Stamp New 68020 Code Pers New 68020 Code Pers SubRev New Servo Code Version New Servo Code EDC value Figure D 6 Code Update CUP LOG Packet Layout DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem D 9 EEROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Table D 6 68020 Code Update Status Status 0 1 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 Meaning No Update Operation Performed Code Update Operation Successful Personality Lockout Image EDC Check Failed Bad Image Write to FLASH Memory Failed Erase of FLASH Memory Failed
208. minate the SCSI Bus ccecsccesscsesenessseceeesserenevssereectonsenssennenevess 2 8 2 5 4 Connect the Power Cord eceeeeecesscecssseeessseeceseeeesaecnseeesaeecsaeessneaeeesaes 2 8 2 6 Test the Installation iieri setter a ea Ta R totes A A E R 2 9 2 6 1 Run POST EE TE E T Ah hest 2 9 2 6 2 What to Do after POST o0 eee eeeeeeecesneeeceseeceeeceseeeesaeeesaeesaeeessneeosee 2 10 2 7 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart ces eeeecssecsseeecesseessneecsseeeeseeessaeenaeess 2 11 Chapter 3 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Drive 31 In This Chapter sekuere ed e ete Sennen dover ene aang enue ate ee ede ee Eepe eae Eip Een s 3 1 3 2 Before You Install the DLT4000 Drive sesseeseseseseressreesreerirsrrserrssrererrseressres 3 1 3 2 1 Disabling Parity Checking ces eeeeesescecseccsneecsseeeeseeeesaeecsseeesneeensaes 3 2 3 2 2 Changin the SCST ID seu n ST e EEEa ee 3 5 3 2 3 Setting the TRM ENB Single ended only Jumper 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 6 3 2 4 Locating the SCSI Cable and Power Connectors eeeeceeseeereeereeereeeee 3 7 3 3 Selecting Density onn e a aise els ears ene SESE cee 3 8 3 4 Overview of the Front Panel ec ceeeeeeeesseecsseecsseeeesseecsaeecseeesseeeesaeessaeees 3 11 3 5 Description of Controls and Indicators eeeeeeseecesreeseneeesneeeeseeeesaeeesneers 3 12 3 3 Beeper pien a aks sth tiastyahsiis cones E E EEEE A EAT 3 12 3 5 2 Unload Button sis a dainty a EER ES Sa SENS ieee 3 12
209. n 0 0 0 Illegal combination Self Test 2 with default parameters Illegal combination Self Test 2 with default parameters Self Test 1 with default parameters Self Test 2 with default parameters Self Test 1 with default parameters OC O DO iets oD O0 oO oD Self Test 2 with default parameters Bit a Os ae Pattern Number LSB Byte Maximum Number of Test Passes LSB Block Size Block Count Figure 8 74 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Format DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 117 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Pattern 0 COCWAANANHDN FWY Table 8 9 Definition of Pattern Numbers Name Rotate All 0 s 2F Alternating 1 s and 0 s Marching 1 Marching 0 MW MFM 1F Random Data Data in Hex Rotate through the other 9 patterns change for each tape file 00 00 00 00 00 FF FF FF FF FF 55 5A AA A5 55 5A AA A5 01 02 04 08 10 20 40 80 FE FD FB F7 EF DF BF 7F OE OE OE OE OE OE OE 0E DE AD DE AD DE AD DE AD AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA If the Max Number of Passes is zero this indicates to loop forever A BUS Reset or a selection from the host sending an Abort or a Bus Device Reset message will terminate testing If the Block Size field is set to zero random block sizes will be used The Block Count field specifies how many blocks to write read starting first on track 0 then again on track 1 So if the Block Size and Count fields result in 3 tracks worth
210. n the right side of the DLT4000 drive Figure 7 1 number SCSI Parity Disab N TRM on mem a talelalalal slaial A alala a lnlsisisisi sisisi Left side LKG 924 7 94 F Figure 7 1 DLT4000 Subsystem Connectors TRM PWR Connector SCSIID Connector Loader Connector DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 3 Firmware Update From Tape 2 Ensure the TRM PWR jumpers are in position Figure 7 2 number oo0oo0o00 oo0o00000 0 oo0o00000000000 oo0oo0o00 o o o o ojo o 0000000000 ololo Figure 7 2 Jumper Settings for TRM PWR Connector No Term Power Term Power From the time the tape is inserted and the drive handle is closed updating the firmware takes from 2 to 3 minutes 7 3 Creating a Firmware Update Tape To perform the firmware update you must have a DLTtape III DLTtape IIxt or DLTtape IV cartridge with a copy of the firmware image Table 7 1 Table 7 1 Block Size used for Firmware Update Tape Tape Format Density Upgrade Tape Block DLTtape HI 2 6 GB 4 Kbytes Multiple 6 0 GB 4 Kbytes Multiple 10 0GB 4 Kbytes Only DLTtape IIIxt 15 0GB 4 Kbytes Only DLTtape IV 20 0GB 4 Kbytes Only 7 3 1 On UN X Systems The FTP utility can be used to transfer the binary firmware image file onto the UN X system Be sure to specify type image before doing the get or put Otherwise extra characters may be added to the file causing the image file to be invalid The image
211. n the tape can be up to 10 0 GB native or 20 0 GB of data using the compression mode The actual amount of data stored in the compression mode is dependent on the data type Compression can be selected on the drive front panel or from the host by using the SCSI MODE SELECT command The DLT4000 drive accepts the new DLTtape IIIxt cartridge When this cartridge is used the amount of data you can store on the tape can be up to 15 0 GB native or 30 0 GB of data using the compression mode The actual amount of data stored in the compression mode is dependent on the data type Compression can be selected on the drive front panel or from the host by using the SCSI MODE SELECT command 1 5 Compaction The compaction feature of the DLT4000 drive helps you to store data efficiently A read write data cache of 2 0 MB allows working space for the compaction enabling maximum use of available tape space 1 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Overview and Features of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Product 1 6 Durable Media The tape media can endure 500 000 passes and has a shelf life of 10 years which provides superior media durability and data reliability 1 7 Compatibility Quantum is committed to maintaining compatibility within the DLT family of tape drives DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Subsystem tape products are the third generation of tape products started with the DLT 260 DLT 600 and DLT 2000 drives The DLT4000 DLT450
212. nd Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 5 4 Indicator Action during Power On Self Test and Operation When you turn on system power the drive performs the power on self test POST The sequence of events is Stage What Happens 1 The indicators on the right front panel turn on sequentially from top to bottom All indicators stay on for a few seconds 2 The indicators on the left front panel turn on at the same time for about three seconds and then turn off 3 The green Operate Handle the orange Write Protected and the yellow Use Cleaning Tape indicators turn off The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks while the tape drive initializes 4 After initialization the drive is in one of the following four states DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 13 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive Drive State a No cartridge is present b A cartridge is present and the handle is down c A cartridge is present but the handle is up not recommended d The drive detects an error condition e The drive is powered on with the handle open Indicator Displays and Actions 1 The yellow Tape in Use indicator turns off 2 The green Operate Handle indicator turns on 3 The handle is unlatched 4 The drive beeps momentarily You can now raise the handle and insert a cartridge The drive loads the cartridge When the yellow Tape In Use indicator stops blinking and stays on the tape s
213. ndicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape will have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor Block Length This specifies the length in bytes of each logical block transferred over the SCSI bus A block length of zero indicates that the length is variable specified in the I O command Any other value indicates the number of bytes per block to use for read write and verify type commands that specify a Fixed bit of 1 i e fixed block mode which also causes the transfer length in the CDB to be defined as a block count DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 49 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 2 MODE SELECT Pages Following the Block Descriptor are the MODE SELECT pages which set the device parameters Each page has a 2 byte header which identifies the page code and indicates the number of bytes in that page The supported Page Codes are as follows Error Recovery Page Disconnect Reconnect Control Mode Page Data Compression Page Device Configuration Medium Partition EEPROM Parameter Figure 8 31 MODE SELECT Pages Supported PS Bit For the MODE SELECT command this bit is reserved For the MODE SENSE command a Parameters Savable PS bit of one indicates that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive If the PS bit is zero the supported parameters cannot be saved Savable pages are not supported Additional Page Length This indicates the number of by
214. neeeenneeeeeseeeesseeeeeeees 7 17 8 1 Supported SCSI Messages cesceescecsscecsseeecsseecseessscecsseesesaeeesaeecseseeeesaeenaes 8 8 8 2 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine DLT4000 Supported SCSI Commands sen ica aS E Sisk feat ein brian haan 8 15 8 3 Product Family Bit Values ecrire seitan o aiioe e esei Ee Tes 8 22 8 4 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters cescecsseeceseeceseeeesseeeneeeees 8 65 8 5 Changeable Mode Parameters cseccesseessseeeceseecessecnseeesaeecsaeecsneeeeseaeers 8 70 8 6 Sense Keys Used y cc scuti eset ei cee ili ie arie a or 8 106 8 7 Additional Sense Codes Qualifiers Used c ccsscccesssnceeeceseneeceesteeennees 8 107 8 8 Send Diagnostics Parameters cccesccssesesceecesseeesseecsecsaeecseessseeeeseneees 8 117 8 9 Definition of Pattern Numbers Definition of Pattern Numbers 0 8 118 8 10 Sens Keys Used sien casaitigniteasessbaiscs i aes dives Ea SA ESEN a a 8 119 8 11 Additional Sense Codes ceesceescessseecseecesseeeesseecsseecseecsseeeeeesesaeessneers 8 119 8 12 Medium Changer Commands 1 0 0 0 ceeeeeseccsseeceseecseecescecsseeceseeessaeeesaeers 8 131 8 13 Medium Changer Element Addresses e ccessceeeseeceseeseseeeeseeeesneeesneees 8 136 A 1 DLT4000 Physical Specifications 0 0 0 ceeeeseesseecsneeceseeceseeeeseeeesaeessaeessaeeeees A 2 A 2 DLT4500 Mini Library Physical Specifications 00 0 0 eeeeeeseeeeteeseneeeeneeeeee A 4 A 3 DL
215. nel 3 11 how to interpret 3 14 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 8 132 INQUIRY 8 17 Install DLT4000 Tape Drive 2 1 DLT4500 Mini Library 4 3 DLT4700 Mini Library 5 2 Installation drive 2 4 Installation testing 4 9 DLT4000 Tape Drive 2 9 DLT4500 Mini Library 4 9 DLT4700 Mini Library 5 16 Internal Status Code B 1 J Jumper setting TRM ENB 3 6 K Key lock 4 20 OCP locked 4 20 OCP unlocked 4 20 L Load Unload button 4 13 5 18 DLT4700 reset 6 9 reset function 4 13 5 12 Loading a cartridge diagram to follow 3 21 procedure 3 20 Loading cartridge into drive 4 31 LOAD UNLOAD 8 25 LOCATE 8 27 LOG SELECT 8 28 8 30 LOG SENSE 8 34 Logical Unit Numbers See LUNs 8 2 Low level conducted interference A 24 LUNs 8 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 Index M Magazine 5 21 DLT4500 description 4 26 DLT4500 door open 4 32 DLT4700 removing from receiver 5 24 DLT4700 restoration into receiver 5 24 installing into the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 30 removing from DLT4500 Mini Library 4 30 Magnetic radiated susceptibility A 22 Manual mode 5 5 5 7 Media 1 3 Media loader inquiry response 8 24 Medium Changer considerations 8 113 Medium changer considerations 8 101 8 122 Medium Partition 8 63 page 8 88 Medium transport element status page 8 141 Messages Density Select Mode display 4 17 Density Select Mode line two display 4 16 Normal Mode line one display 4 14 No
216. ng for completion of the sequence If the Write Protect indicator never blinks check that 1 POST succeeded 2 The drive is unloaded 3 The drive handle is in the down position 4 No magazine is in the loader 5 The receiver door is closed 6 The Mode Select key is in Service Mode d Then press and release the Unload button and press the button again within 4 seconds The second press should be less than 1 second 7 14 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape e The Tape in Use and the Write Protect indicators blink showing the subsystem recognizes the firmware update mode has been selected f If selecting firmware update mode is not successful for example because of not pushing the Unload button properly the second time the Write Protect indicator should stop blinking within several seconds Try the procedure again Once you have selected the firmware update mode press the OCP EJECT button twice which causes the receiver door to open The Write Protect and Tape In Use indicators stop blinking even though the subsystem is still in Update mode Place a magazine with the Firmware Update Tape in the first slot in the loader receiver and close the receiver The remainder of the update procedure goes faster if the magazine contains only the firmware update cartridge But the procedure still works if other cartridges are present Press the Load Unload button to load the Fi
217. ng the DLT4700 Mini Library Figure 5 3 shows the operation of the Write Protect switch ORANGE INDICATOR WRITE PROTECT SWITCH WRITE ENABLED WRITE PROTECTED Figure 5 3 Write Protect Switch on a Cartridge Figure 5 4 shows inserting a cartridge into the magazine 5 22 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library BACK OF MAGAZINE a NOTE Push tape in until a click is heard FRONT OF SLOT MAGAZINE NUMBERS 0 6 Figure 5 4 Inserting a Cartridge into the Magazine DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 23 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 9 2 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine To remove a cartridge from the magazine at the front of the magazine press in on the cartridge Figure 5 5 until it stops and you hear a click Then release The slot has a spring release action NOTE Never apply labels to the top or bottom of tape cartridges Doing so can cause cartridge jams in the DLT4700 mini library Use the space on the front of the cartridge for labels 5 9 3 Removing the Magazine from the Receiver To remove the magazine from the receiver first ensure 1 The Power On indicator is on Figure 5 2 2 The Eject indicator is on It must be on before you can press the Eject button Then 1 Press the Eject button Figure 5 2 to open the receiver If a tape is loaded in the drive pressing t
218. ng the write protect SWitch eee eeeeeeee 4 24 4 10 2 Data protection s 2 20 chide ti ee oleae gional 4 25 4 11 Description of the Magazine 0 ee eeeseeesecsseeceseeeesseecsaeecseeesteesesaeessaeers 4 26 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem vii Contents 4 11 1 Insert cartridge Magazine ecccceeeeseceeeenceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeesenneeess 4 27 4 11 2 Removing cartridge i 2 ic giasedese esd i edie 4 29 4 11 3 Magazine removing from mini library eee eeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 30 4 11 4 Magazine installing eee eeeeceseeceseeeeeseeecsaeesseecsaeecseeeeseaeeesaeers 4 30 4 11 5 Selecting a Cartridge from the Magazine esceseseseeceseeeeseneeeeeers 4 31 4 11 6 Loading cartridge into the Drive eeeeeeeesseeceseceseneeseneeeeseeeneeeeee 4 31 4 11 7 Unloading cartridge from the drive eee eesceseeeeseeeeeseeeesneeeeneers 4 32 4 11 8 Opening the Magazine Doot eeeeeesceseecsseceeeeseeeeeesseeseeeeneeeees 4 32 4 12 When to Use the Cleaning Tape Cartridge eeeeeeeeecseeenecersneeeeseeeesaes 4 33 Chapter 5 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 1 In This Chapter eienen raean yn Rida nal raa 5 1 5 2 Introduction to the Mini Library ce eeeeeseeeesecenecessseeeeseecesaeeesseessaeesaeeeeens 5 1 5 3 Configuring the DLT4700 Mini Library 0 0 ecceecesseeceseeceseeeeseesseeeeneeeeee 5 2 5 3 1 Configuration Guidelines ciraire e i eeri
219. ni Library 6 6 1 2 Detecting Case 4 The user can tell this case occurred when the Magazine Fault indicator and slot indicators 0 and 6 are on This is the only time slot indicators 0 and 6 are on for a magazine fault Only service personnel can resolve this condition by doing the following 1 Press the Eject button to open the receiver 2 Close the receiver to clear the Fault indicator 3 Press the Load Unload button the cartridge loads but is not removed from the drive The Magazine Fault indicator comes on and the receiver opens The service person must remove the magazine reach in and lift the handle on the front of the drive and pull out the cartridge NOTE Slot 0 indicator is lit in all error conditions to indicate an error occurred It is not a Slot Select indicator in this case After you clear the error try loading and unloading cartridges to verify operation 6 6 2 DLT4700 Loader Fault Description A loader fault indicates the DLT4700 mini library detected a fatal error in the loader transfer assembly or in the tape drive In some loader transfer assembly errors the mini library retries the error three times before indicating failure All loader faults cause the Loader Fault indicator and an associated subcode to light Loader Fault indicates errors in the loader transfer assembly controller module or drive The suspected fault location is indicated by the following slot indicators e Slots 4 and 0 a controller
220. ni library detected an error of unknown origin In some unknown errors the mini library retries the error three times before showing failure 6 5 5 1 DLT4500 Clearing a Loader Drive Controller or Unknown Error Pressing the Load Unload button the mini library attempts to clear the error Pressing the Open button the door opens to let you access the magazine If you still cannot clear the error call your service representative 6 6 DLT4700 Error Conditions Error indications fall into two main categories e Magazine Fault In most cases this is an operator correctable condition indicated when the Magazine Fault indicator is on If you cannot resolve the fault call your service representative e Loader Fault This condition most likely requires service from a service representative It is indicated when the Loader Fault indicator is on 6 6 1 DLT4700 Magazine Fault Cases A magazine fault can occur during any of the following cases 1 A cartridge has been removed from the magazine incorrectly 2 A cartridge was manually unloaded from the drive 3 A cartridge that was loaded into a drive by the loader was manually unloaded and put back into the magazine 4 A cartridge was manually inserted into the drive NOTE This can only occur if the loader has been opened in service mode This cannot occur under normal operation When these conditions are present the Magazine Fault indicator turns on indicating a situati
221. nized medium changer subcommand 33 Medium changer fatal error 34 Medium changer is in manual mode 35 68020 detected communication error w Servo area 36 68020 detected drive command timeout 37 Calibration failure 38 Bad tape format Table B 2 Internal Status Bit Flags Description If set cleaning light is on otherwise it is off Tape directory status 0 Good status 1 Unknown status 2 Directory partially bad 3 Directory bad Reserved If set the internal status byte 18 is in Bit Flags format otherwise it is a code DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem B 3 Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information B 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Appendix C Sense Key Information C 1 In This Appendix Appendix C lists the sense key information No Sense 0 00 01 Unexpected FM encountered 00 02 EOM encountered 00 04 BOM encountered Recovered Error 1 OA 00 Error Log Overflow 37 00 Rounded Parameter 3B 08 Repositioning error 44 C1 Internal Target failure EEROM copy 1 area bad 44 C2 Internal Target failure EEROM copy 2 area bad 44 C3 Internal Target failure EEROM both copy areas bad 47 00 SCSI Parity Error 48 00 IDE Message Received 51 00 Erase failure 53 01 Unload tape failure 5B 02 Log Counter at Maximum 80 02 Cleaning Requested Not Ready 2 04 00 Unit Not Ready Cause nonreportable 04 01 Unit Not Ready Calibration in process DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridg
222. nt returned as 0 C D When set indicates that the illegal parameter is in the CDB A C D of zero indicates that the illegal parameter is in the Parameter List from the initiator valid and designates which bit of the byte designated by the field pointer is in error For a multi bit field it points to the most significant bit of the field multi byte field the most significant byte is indicated Internal Status Code Tape Motion Hours Report the number of tape motion hours that is the head wear hours Format is Power On Hours Report the total hours the drive power has been on Format is represented in a hex Tape Remaining Report the amount of tape remained in 4096 bytes block 8 105 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Sense Key Oh lh 2h 4h Sh 6h 7h 8h Table 8 6 Sense Keys Used Description No Sense Check the Filemark EOM ILI bits and the ASC Q bytes Parameters on a Mode Select or to report that R W error rates are reaching subsystem specification limits for optimal operation without any unrecovered errors for a long period of time Media might not be present in the drive or may be in the process of loading or calibrating Medium Error An unrecoverable write read or positioning error has occurred Detailed device specific information may be Hardware Error The Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields may Illegal Request The CDB or supplied parameter data had an 17 the media asynchronously
223. oader mechanics completes e Ifthe Magazine Fault and Loader Fault indicators turn off loader POST succeeded e Ifthe Magazine Fault and Loader Fault indicators stay on loader POST failed A few seconds later the drive controller resets the loader Loader POST starts again If Then POST The Magazine Fault and Loader Fault Passed indicators turn off and shortly after all OCP indicators but Power On turn off The Magazine Fault and Loader Fault Failed indicators stay on NOTE If the Magazine Fault or Loader Fault indicators remain on POST detected an error See Chapter 6 for error conditions The elevator scans the magazine to determine which slots contain cartridges If the mini library magazine has a cartridge in slot 0 and no cartridge is in the drive these indicators should be on e Power On e Eject e Load Unload e Slot Select e Slot 0 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 17 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 8 Slot Select Load Unload and Eject Button Functions The Slot Select Load Unload Eject and Density Select buttons are OCP pushbuttons They contain a green indicator and they are operable only when their corresponding indicators are on NOTE The Load Unload button has three functions e Load e Unload e Reset If a loader fault occurred and the Loader Fault indicator is on press Load Unload to reset the DLT4700 mini library 5 8 1 Selecting a Cartr
224. on 1 Obtain or make a DLTtape II DLTtape IIxt or DLTtape IV with the code image of the specified revision level copied to it 2 Put the mini library into code update mode To do this a With the LDR RDY message displaying press the OCP Open button to open the door and remove the magazine Then close the door b Remove all cartridges from the magazine and install the code update cartridge into the magazine c Press and hold the Display Mode button about 5 seconds until the SCSI ID SEL message displays d Press and hold the Load Unload button until the SCSI ID SEL message starts to flash Immediately release the button and then press it again The CODE UPDATE MODE message now displays CAUTION Code update can appear to be finished but in fact it is still processing Wait 20 seconds for the green indicator to appear to ensure code updating has been competed 3 Press the Open button two times to open the magazine door Load the magazine with the code update tape into the mini library and close the door Wait until the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 9 Firmware Update From Tape elevator stops scanning the magazine Press the Load Unload button to load the code update tape into the tape drive If Then The DLT4500 code revision is The DLT4500 code does not go through the same revision as that of the an update update tape The DLT4500 code revision is The DLT4500 code goes through an
225. on powerup reset 1 Compression defaulted to on on powerup reset DEFFIXEDBLKLEN ASCII Decimal 0 8 Default fixed block size ENBINQMEDCHGR ASCII Binary 0 1 0 disable media changer bit 1 enable media changer bit in byte 6 of inquiry data LOADERLUN ASCII Decimal 1 1 1 7 LUN to report media loader device on REWINDONRESET ASCII Binary 1 1 0 Do not rewind on Bus Reset or BDR msg Caution May have partial block data written to the tape if reset happens during writing 1 Rewind the media to BOT on reset ENALDRAUTOLD ASCII Binary 1 1 To turn on off sequential loading with loader DISLDRAUTOLDMC ASCII Binary 1 1 To partially disable sequential loading with loader if any media loader command has been received ENAPARERRRETRY ASCII Binary 0 1 To turn on off parity error retry feature ENAMODEPG22 ASCII Binary 0 1 To enable vendor unique Data Compression Status Mode Page Parameter is not forced to a special format which is decided by the parameters selected in MODE SELECT Applied to DLTtape III tape for DLT260 format DLT600 format and DLT2000xt format Applied to DLTtape IV tape for DLT4000 format DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 65 DLT4000 SCSI Interface Table 8 4 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters cont d Name NODISCONFXDBLK PROTECTDIRONWP ENACLNGLTRPT LONGXPORTPAGE FORCEEEREBUILD SCSIINQVS DEFSEW ENAINITSYNCNEG REPORTRCVDPERRS ENATHIRDPTYDENS FORCEREADSILI CACHETMS
226. on that can be corrected by the operator Eject is also on to inform you that this is the only function available at this time 6 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 6 1 1 Detecting Cases 1 2 and 3 The user can tell these cases have occurred when the Magazine Fault indicator and slot indicators 0 and 5 are on CAUTION Never remove a cartridge from the magazine by moving the metal tab in front of the cartridge This is the main source of magazine faults Use the proper procedure Chapter 5 To clear a magazine fault caused by cases 1 2 and 3 1 Press the Eject button to open the receiver 2 Remove the magazine and check for a metal tab over an open slot This is the slot from which the cartridge was removed If Then A metal tab is found 1 Reinsert the missing cartridge properly by pushing over an open slot it in until it snaps into place If no cartridge is needed in this slot push one into the slot and then remove it according to normal procedure Chapter 5 This step is critical to avoid more magazine faults 2 Insert the magazine into the receiver 3 Close the receiver No metal tab is The cartridge loaded into the drive was manually covering an empty slot reinserted into the magazine To clear this simply close the receiver DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 6 7 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mi
227. ost to retrieve statistical information maintained by the device about its own hardware or the installed media It is a complementary command to LOG SELECT PPC The Parameter Pointer Control bit must be zero A Parameter Pointer Control bit of zero indicates that the parameter data requested from the device will start with the parameter code specified in the Parameter Pointer field and return the number of bytes specified in the Allocation Length field in ascending order of parameter codes from the specified log page A PPC bit of zero and a Parameter Point field of zero causes all available parameter data for that page code to be returned to the initiator NOTE The current implementation of the Read Write Compression Page does not support a parameter pointer other than zero If PPC bit is set or the Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page then the target will terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and the additional sense code is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB If the target does not support a parameter code within this page then it will not return any data associated with this parameter 8 34 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface SP Saving log parameters is not supported and is always zero If the SP bit is set the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and
228. oteelevesabatteasiatazes a RAA 8 124 8 4 26 WRITE BUFFER 3B D cee eeeeeeesecesneeeeeseeeesecesaeeesaeecsaeesseeeneaes 8 126 8 4 26 1 Header and Data Mode eee eesceeseecsseeeeceneeeseecseecsneeeesaeeesaee 8 127 84 262 Write Data to cries aea a save ttn EEA A EEREN 8 127 8 4 26 3 Download Microcode seseseseseseeereeereesrrtseressrsrrrerersrresrreereseres 8 127 8 4 26 4 Download Microcode and Save ceeeeessessseeesneceeesseeeneeesaes 8 127 8 4 27 WRITE FILEMARKS LOD eee eeeeesseeeeneeeeseeeeeeaeeceseesaeeesseeeenaes 8 129 8 5 Supported SCSI 2 Medium Changer Device Commands eeeeeeeeeeee 8 131 8 5 1 INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS 07b oo eee eeeceesteeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 8 132 8 5 2 MODE SENSE SELECT 1Ah I5h eee eeeeeeeeeeeereeeeneeeeseeeeseeeesaes 8 133 8 5 2 1 Device Capabilities Page 1Fh eee eeseceseeeeseneeeeeeeeneeeeee 8 133 8 5 2 2 Element Address Assignment Page 1Dh ee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 8 135 8 5 2 3 Transport Geometry Parameters Page 1Eh 0 0 eee 8 137 8 5 3 MOVE MEDIUM ASB rancnra E e TEE 8 138 8 5 4 READ ELEMENT STATUS B8b 00 eee eeeceeeseeceseeeceseeeeseeeeeeeesae 8 139 8 5 4 1 Element Status Data Header eeeeeeseeeesseeceneeeeeeeseeeesaes 8 140 8 5 4 2 Medium Transport Element Status Page 8 141 8 5 4 3 Storage Element Status Page eee ee eeseeecceeesseeeceneeesesaeees 8 142 8 5 4 4 Data Transfer Element Status Page o n 8 143 Appendix A Technical Spec
229. ou press the Load Unload button to load or unload a cartridge If Then You want to unload the Press the Load Unload button cartridge from the drive e The Select Slot Load Unload and Eject indicators turn off e The cartridge unloads from the drive into the magazine However automatic operation now stops and the Select Slot operation does not move in increments The indicators turn on once the cartridge is returned to the magazine The Loader Fault Press the Load Unload button to reset the mini indicator is on showing library and clear the error a malfunction DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 19 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 8 4 Opening the Receiver The Eject button opens the receiver for insertion or removal of the magazine The button is disabled when the Mode Select key is in the OCP Disabled position The Eject button can also be used to unload a tape from the drive When A cartridge is not Then The Slot Select You should Press the Eject button to in the drive A cartridge is in the drive Load Unload and Eject indicators are on before any operation begins The Eject and Load Unload indicators are on before the operation begins turn off all indicators The elevator then returns to its home position and the receiver opens Press the Eject button to turn off both indicators and the cartridge unloads from the drive and moves back into
230. ough the subsystem will be unusable and the controller board will need to be replaced When the Save operation is successfully completed the firmware restarts itself causing POST to be rerun and two Unit Attention conditions are generated power up reset and operating code has changed 8 128 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 27 WRITE FILEMARKS 10h Bit gt ee 0 o Operation Code 10h Byte Number of Filemarks LSB Figure 8 82 WRITE FILEMARKS CDB WRITE FILEMARKS causes the specified number of Filemarks to be written beginning at the current logical position on tape If the Immed bit is not set any data or Filemarks in the write cache buffer are written to tape WSmk If this bit is set the tape drive writes a save set mark to tape instead of a Filemark Since Setmarks are not supported by the DLT4000 drive this field must be zero Immed If this bit is set the drive returns status as soon as the command descriptor block has been validated unless the filemark count is zero or greater than since both cause the write buffer to be flushed to media An Immed bit of zero indicates the status will not be returned until the operation is complete Number of Filemarks This is the number of consecutive marks to be written to tape A value of zero is not considered an error and GOOD status is returned This command may be used to force the drive to write any
231. press the bottom button to decrease the number DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 5 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive Figure 2 3 shows the SCSI ID pushbutton switch location Figure 2 3 Changing the SCSI ID via the Pushbutton Switch 2 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 2 5 Connect the Cables Section 2 5 includes the following topics Topic Section Examine the DLT4000 Rear Panel 2 5 1 Connect the SCSI Signal Cable 2 5 2 Terminate the SCSI Bus 2 5 3 Connect the Power Cord 2 5 4 2 5 1 Examine the DLT4000 Rear Panel Examine the components on the DLT4000 rear panel to complete the physical installation Figure 2 4 Power Power SCS Signal SCSI Signal Connector Switch Connector Connector IN Out Termination Figure 2 4 Rear Panel Components 2 5 2 Connect the SCSI Signal Cable To connect the SCSI signal cable 1 Connect one end of the SCSI cable to the leftmost SCSI signal connector on the DLT4000 rear panel DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 2 7 Installing and Configuring the DLT4000 Tabletop Drive 2 Snap the wire cable clamps into place to secure the cable 3 Connect the other end of the SCSI signal cable to the SCSI connector on your system or for daisy chained configurations to another SCSI device See your system documentation for system SCSI connections 2 5 3 Terminate the
232. r 8 140 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 4 2 Medium Transport Element Status Page Bit anni Paras Pane MSB 13 Transport Element Descriptor Length LSB 3 Byte Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available Descriptor 8 MsB o Transport Element Address 01h LSB Byte MSB 19 Source Element Address LSB Reserved Reserved Reserved Density Code of Media 0 if empty VU Unused VU Figure 8 91 Medium Transport Element Status Page There is only one Medium Transport element which can be addressed explicitly as element address 1 or implicitly as address 0 PvolTag and AVolTag are always zero DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 141 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 5 4 3 Storage Element Status Page Bit Ee A ef A sa es co MSB 3o Storage Element Descriptor Length LSB 3 Byte Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available Descriptor s M First Storage Element Address Reported LSB 11 Reserved 12 13 Byte MSB uoo Source Element Address LSB 19 Descriptors for other Storage Elements Figure 8 92 Storage Element Status Page There are up to seven Storage Elements corresponding to the number of slots in a magazine PvolTag and AVolTag are always zero Access is always 1 and Full is set to 1 if a media cartridge is in the corresponding magazine slot Exception will be set to 1 if the magazine slot
233. r in this mode You must press the Load Unload button to move each cartridge This mode is most useful for but not restricted to copying specific files to or from tape Basically only the OCP pushbuttons are enabled as SCSI commands are disabled To lock the DLT4700 mini library into the enclosure set the Mode Select key to Manual mode The following results of setting the Mode Select key to Manual mode are e The receiver is unlocked and can be opened e The OCP pushbuttons are enabled DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 7 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library e SCSI move media commands are disabled e SCSI load unload commands are disabled NOTE During Manual mode the cartridge returns to the magazine but the current Slot Select indicator does not advance forward to the next available cartridge 5 4 4 Service Mode Service mode allows for servicing procedures e SCSI test unit ready commands always return not ready For details on controls and indicators and operation see the sections after Section 5 5 in this chapter 5 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 5 Selecting Density Section 5 5 describes the loader s density select feature Ways of Selecting Density The user can select density by using any of the following 1 On all read operations and all write append operations the recorded density is the dens
234. red during operation See Table 2 4 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart 3 22 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 8 Using the Cleaning Tape Cartridge Use Table 3 6 to determine when to use the cleaning cartridge Table 3 6 When to Use the Cleaning Cartridge If 1 Use Cleaning Tape indicators Figure 3 6 2 A data cartridge causes Use Cleaning Tape to blink 3 Use Cleaning Tape still indicators after you clean the drive head 4 Use Cleaning Tape indicators after you load the cleaning cartridge It means The drive head needs cleaning or the tape is bad see item 3 The data cartridge may be damaged Your data cartridge may be causing the problem Cleaning has not been done and the cartridge is expired NOTE And you should Use the cleaning cartridge Follow the instructions in Section 3 7 for loading a cartridge into the drive When cleaning completes the Use Cleaning Tape indicator shuts off and the beeper sounds for you to remove the cleaning cartridge Back up this data onto another cartridge Discard the old cartridge which may be damaged A damaged cartridge may cause unnecessary use of the cleaning cartridge Try another data cartridge Replace the cleaning cartridge The cleaning cartridge expires after about 20 uses DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 23 Configuring and Operating th
235. ridge unloaded was for the last slot in the magazine 5 3 Configure the DLT4700 Mini Library This section describes how to configure the DLT4700 mini library including Topic Section Configuration Guidelines 5 3 1 Disable Parity Checking 5 3 2 Change the SCSI ID 5 3 3 The DLT4700 mini library is factory set to SCSI ID 5 unless otherwise specified If your system generates parity the DLT4700 mini library can check for correct parity on the SCSI bus 5 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 3 1 Configuration Guidelines The system uses the SCSI ID to identify or address the DLT4700 mini library Follow these guidelines when configuring the DLT4700 mini library for your system If you install the DLT4700 as Then The only SCSI device or one of Be sure to use a SCSI ID that is unique multiple SCSI devices on the bus from any other device or system ID on the SCSI bus The last or only device on the You must terminate the bus by installing SCSI bus a terminator 5 3 2 Disable Parity Checking To disable parity see your service representative 5 3 3 Change the SCSI ID Change the SCSI ID via the pushbutton switch on the mini library rear panel Press the switch button s above or below the number display 0 7 to set the desired SCSI ID Press the top button to increase the number or press the bottom button to decrease the number DLT4000 DLT4500
236. rmal Mode line two display 4 15 MODE SELECT 8 46 8 47 8 50 changeable parameters 8 70 Mode Select key Automatic mode 5 5 description 5 5 Manual mode 5 5 OCP Disabled mode 5 5 Service mode 5 8 MODE SENSE 8 71 pages 8 78 parameter list 8 74 MODE SENSE SELECT 8 133 MOVE MEDIUM 8 138 N Native default density 4 23 Nominal tape tension performance specifications A 12 Nonoperating Shock A 17 Nonoperating Vibration A 17 Normal Mode Displays 4 14 O OCP 4 12 disabled 4 20 5 5 enabled 4 20 locked 4 20 unlocked 4 20 Opcode ERASE 19h 8 16 INQUIRY 12h 8 17 LOAD UNLOAD 1Bh 8 25 LOCATE 2Bh 8 27 LOG SELECT 4Ch 8 28 LOG SENSE 4Dh 8 34 MODE SELECT 15h 8 46 MODE SENSE 1Ah 5Ah 8 71 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 1Eh 8 90 READ 08h 8 91 READ BLOCK LIMITS 05h 8 93 READ BUFFER 3Ch 8 94 READ ELEMENT STATUS B8h 8 139 READ POSITION 34h 8 97 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS 1Ch 8 100 RELEASE UNIT 17h 8 101 REQUEST SENSE 03h 8 102 RESERVE UNIT 16h 8 112 REWIND Oth 8 114 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh 8 115 SPACE 11h 8 120 TEST UNIT READY 00h 8 122 VERIFY 13h 8 123 WRITE OAh 8 124 WRITE BUFFER 3Bh 8 126 WRITE FILEMARKS 10h 8 129 Open button 4 13 Open button cartridge in drive 4 32 Operating modes 5 5 Operating procedure DLT4000 tape drive 3 1 DLT4500 mini library 4 1 DLT4700 mini library 5 1 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape
237. rmware Update Tape into the drive Once you have selected the firmware update mode the drive a Automatically reads the tape NOTE Calibration and directory processing cause the tape to move for a few minutes before data is actually read b Examines the data c Verifies the data is a valid DLT4700 firmware image Firmware update mode is automatically cleared at this point If the firmware image is valid and d Ifthe drive code is up to date the drive code does not go through an update e Ifthe drive code is not up to date the drive code goes through an update taking 2 to 3 minutes f While the drive code goes through the update the Write Protect and Tape in Use indicators flash alternately DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 15 Firmware Update From Tape When the drive code update is complete the drive resets and goes through Power On Self Test POST The process waits until the tape is reloaded at beginning of tape BOT If the firmware image is valid the controller s flash EEPROM memory is automatically updated with the new firmware image Whether the firmware update is successful the subsystem resets itself A full extended scan of the loader takes place The scan goes quickly if the firmware update cartridge was the only tape cartridge in the magazine If six other cartridges are present the scan takes an extra minute or more 7 4 3 1 Interpreting the Results DLT4700 Code Update
238. s LOAD UNLOAD REWIND ERASE LOCATE MOVE MEDIUM PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL that clears a prevent state e A Write Filemarks command with the immediate bit cleared e A SCSI Reset or Bus Device Reset a reset message is received If Buffered Mode is not selected the buffer will flush after every write type command Buffered Mode can be configured through MODE SELECT and if it is not used the tape drive suffers a significant degradation in performance with respect to transfer rate and therefore loss of streaming 8 124 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Fixed The fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the Transfer Length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred If the Fixed bit is set to zero Variable Block mode is selected A single block is transferred from the initiator and is written to the logical unit beginning at the current logical tape position Upon successful termination the tape is logically positioned after this block EOMP side The Transfer Length specifies the number of bytes that the drive handshakes out from the initiator If the Fixed bit is set to one the Transfer Length field specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the host beginning at the current tape position This form of WRITE is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in Fixed Block mode in other words when it has been instructed to use fixed length
239. s 3 Density Override lights steady For example if the actual tape density is 10 0 GB and the selected density is 6 0 GB 10 0 15 0 lights steady 6 0 blinks and Density Override indicator is on steady 1 Do a SCSI MODE SELECT with the density you want For more details see Chapter 8 2 Write data to the tape from BOT 3 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 4 Overview of the Front Panel The DLT4000 drive has the following indicators and controls for operating the drive Figure 3 6 Figure 3 6 shows the DLT4000 drive indicators and controls CARTRIDGE INSERT RELEASE HANDLE DOWN Figure 3 6 DLT4000 Indicators Indicators Left Side of Drive Indicators Right Side of Drive Density indicator 2 6 Yellow Write Protected indicator Orange Density indicator 6 0 Yellow Tape in Use indicator Yellow Density indicator 10 0 15 0 Yellow Use Cleaning Tape indicator Yellow Density indicator 20 0 Yellow Operate Handle indicator Green Compress indicator Yellow Beeper audible not visible Density Override indicator Yellow Controls Density Select button Unload button Cartridge insert release handle DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 11 Configuring and Operating th
240. s at the BOT marker the yellow indicator turns on steady The tape is now ready for use 3 20 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive Figure 3 8 shows how to load a cartridge into the drive zKO 1 Figure 3 8 Loading a Cartridge DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 21 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive 3 7 1 Tape in Use Whenever the yellow Tape in Use indicator is on steady the tape is ready to use When the drive is calibrating reading writing or rewinding the tape the Tape in Use indicator blinks Use Table 3 5 to determine what is happening during cartridge use Table 3 5 What is Happening During Cartridge Use Right Side Indicators If The yellow indicator is on steady The yellow indicator blinks irregularly The yellow indicator blinks regularly The green indicator turns on and the beeper sounds All four indicators blink It means A cartridge is loaded but the tape is not moving This can mean no application is communicating with the controller or that the application is communicating but is not delivering commands for tape motion A calibration read or write is in progress The tape is loading unloading or rewinding The tape is unloaded into the cartridge and the cartridge can now be removed or if the drive is unloaded a cartridge can now be inserted An error has occur
241. s greater than 1 the command will be rejected with a Check Condition with a Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST Speed The tape drive supports only one speed the default speed Block Descriptor Length This specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors Since the drive only allows one block descriptor this value must be 8 or 0 Any other value causes a CHECK CONDITION status with an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key to be returned 8 48 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Density Code This field should match the current density of the media or will be set to zero if the density is unknown 00h use default density OAh 6667 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 86 199 Read only 16h 10000 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3 193 1990 Read only 17h 42500 bpi MFM serial cart tape X3B5 91 174 2 6 GB 18h Same as 17h but with 56 track pairs vs 24 6 0 GB 19h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 15 GB 1Ah 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 30 GB 7Fh No change from previous density NOP 80h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 15 GB without compression 81h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 30 GB with compression 82h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 GB without compression 83h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 40 GB with compression Number of Blocks This MODE SENSE field will be sent as zero i
242. s to be changed to 4 16 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Table 4 6 lists displayed cartridge current and new density messages during Density Select Mode operation Table 4 6 Cartridge Density Display Display Message Tells you 2 6 e On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 2 6 format e Flashing indicates the tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT 6 e On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 6 GB format e Blinking indicates the tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT 10 15 e On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 10 GB format e Flashing indicates the tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT 10 15C e On steady indicates Compression Mode is enabled Compression can be active in 10 and 20 GB density only e Off indicates Compression Mode is disabled 20 e On steady indicates the tape is recorded in 20 GB format e Flashing indicates the tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT 20C e On steady indicates Compression Mode is enabled Compression can be active in 20 and 40 GB density only e Off indicates Compression Mode is disabled DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 17 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 6 3 SCSI ID Se
243. sconnect and comply by entering message in phase and sending the DISCONNECT message back to the initiator possibly preceded by the SAVE DATA POINTERS message In this case it will delay a minimum of 200 us before arbitrating for the bus again Alternately it may enter the message in phase and return MESSAGE REJECT EXTENDED MESSAGE 01h This is sent as the first byte of a multiple byte message gt 2 bytes by either initiator or target EXTENDED MESSAGE has the following format Byte 0 Extended Message Identifier 01h Byte 1 Extended Message Length Byte 2 Extended Message Code Byte 3 Extended Message Additional Parameters Figure 8 1 Extended Message Format The Extended Message Length specifies the length of the Extended Message plus the number of additional parameter bytes that are to follow The length does not include bytes 0 and 1 A value of zero for the Extended Message Length indicates 256 bytes to follow Possible Extended Message codes are 00h MODIFY DATA POINTER not supported Olh SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST See page 8 13 02h Reserved 03h WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST not supported 04h 7Fh Reserved 80 FFh Vendor Unique See page 8 21 If the tape drive receives an extended message which it does not support it switches to message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT after all the bytes of the message have been transferred 8 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem
244. seeeeeneeeeseee 5 24 Contents Chapter 6 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 2 In This Chapter iccastietcu netic aa i ee ee 6 1 6 2 Conditions Necessary for Button Operation eceeeeesceceseeeeceneeseneeeeseeeesaes 6 1 6 3 Operation F ilte cne en ech aeaaee E ste aane ap arnar Ep paee ea Mera 6 3 6 4 Avoiding Basic Problems iuridica iaieineea aiae 6 4 6 5 DLT4500 Error Conditions cceeeeeeseeceseeceseceeescecseeceseceseecesaeeeseeeenseeessaes 6 5 6 5 1 DLT4500 Magazine Error eee i aco esiaine takoe aea 6 5 6 5 1 1 DLT4500 Clearing a Magazine Error eeeeeeeeeeeseeeenneeeeseeeeeeee 6 5 6 5 2 DLT4500 Loader Error Description ceeeeeeeeseeceseeeceseeseeeeeeeeeseeees 6 5 6 5 3 DLT4500 Drive Error Description cc eeeeceeeceseceseceeeeeeseneeseneeeeeeeee 6 5 6 5 4 DLT4500 Controller Error Description scceeeseeseeesseeceeseeeesneeesneers 6 5 6 5 5 DLT4500 Unknown Error Description eseceeeseseeeeeneeceeseeeesneeesaeers 6 6 6 5 5 1 DLT4500 Clearing a Loader Drive Controller or Unknown Error 6 6 6 6 DLT4700 Error Conditions cc cesccescecssceeeseceecseecseeceseeceeeeesaeeeseeesesaeessaes 6 6 6 6 1 DLT4700 Magazine Fault Cases eeseeesececessseeeceseeeeeseecseeseneeeaeeeeee 6 6 6 6 2 DLT4700 Loader Fault Description cee ceeeeseeceseeeceseeeeeeseneeeeeeeees 6 8 6 7 Power Problems 452 4 a aean eers EEEa tie APEE E ENESE R EESE ON tane
245. shock bench handling specifications for the tabletop product without its shipping packaging Table A 15 Nonoperating Shock Overstress Bench Handling Unpackaged Specifications Test Type Bench handling pivot drop Description Pivot edge to a height of 4 in above table and release Application Four shocks total once each edge DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 17 Technical Specifications Tables A 16 A 17 A 18 A 19 A 20 and A 21 list Nonoperating vibration and Nonoperating shock specifications for the product in its shipping packaging Table A 16 Nonoperating Packaged Vibration Specifications Vibration type Frequency range Vibration levels PSD envelope vertical PSD envelope horizontal Application Random vibration 5 to 300 Hz vertical z 5 to 200 Hz horizontal x and y 1 19 GRMS overall in vertical z axis 0 698 GRMS overall in horizontal x and y axes 5 to 10 Hz 0 003 G Hz 5 to 0 020 10 10 to 50 Hz Flat 0 020 G Hz 50 to 300 Hz 0 020 G Hz 50 w 8 db oct rolloff 5 to 10 Hz 0 0011 G Hz 5 to 0 007 10 10 to 50 Hz Flat 0 007 G Hz 50 to 200 Hz 0 007 G Hz 50 w 8 db oct rolloff X Y and Z axes One hour each axis 3 hours total Table A 17 Nonoperating Packaged Repetitive Shock Specifications Excitation type Shock bounce cycles Application Synchronous vertical motion 1 inch excursion 14 200 total Half cycles each in x and y orient
246. si 6 9 Chapter 7 Firmware Update 7 1 dn This Chapter vicassscindieveiins iia E E E E T ER 7 1 7 2 DLT4000 Firmware Update Overview esseessceseessseecessceeeseeeesaeessaeenneers 7 1 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem ix Contents 7 2 1 Updating firmware on a Standalone System eeeeceeeseeseseeceeeeenee 7 2 7 3 Creating a Firmware Update Tape c eesceeescecssceecesseesseecsaeecsneeeeseeeesaeeees 7 4 Fs3 VOM UN EX Syste MS eoero re eE EEE EEEE EAEE EEE EES 7 4 7 4 Firmware Update Procedure eeeeeesccceseecesseceesseeeseeesaeecsaeecseecsseaeeesaeecsas 7 6 7 4 1 Updating the Firmware on DLT4000 Drive Only Configuration 7 6 7 4 2 Updating the Firmware on the DLT4500 Drive and Loader Conficuration cect ceitsd eects Sag e th Metete chest odes E e e causa leans 7 9 7 4 3 Updating the Firmware on the DLT4700 Drive and Loader Contisuration see iit tien hh ne oe ce as 7 14 Chapter 8 DLT4000 SCSI Interface CAROLA nA TN AEE sales Seah ote caeeette La ome taeen E Aileen casts ements 8 1 8 2 General SCSI Bus Operations piser nir aa a oa E ATE EETA 8 1 8 2 1 Data Transfers 22 snsiad ivi seei a a ee ESE 8 1 8 2 2 Initiator Target Operations 0 0 eeeeeeeeseeceseeeeceneecsseeceseeeesaeesaeesseeeeeeaes 8 2 8 2 3 SCSI IDs and Logical Unit Numbers LUNs ccesesseeeeteeeeeeeenees 8 2 8 2 4 Unit Attention Condition eee eeeseccseeceseneecsseecsseeeesseeesaeecsae
247. ss 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards 125 LFM average air velocity measured directly in front of the bezel Table Top 146 6 mm 5 77 in 235 mm 9 25 in 332 mm 13 08 in 6 63 kg 14 lb 9 oz 10 01 kg 22 Ib 0 4 oz depending on configuration 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class B VCCi Class 2 CISPR 22 Class B FCC Class B devices Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards 125 LFM average air velocity measured directly in front of the bezel A 2 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 1 DLT4000 Physical Specifications cont d Description Drive 5 1 4 inch FH Table Top modified depth Electrical rating See Below 100 to 240 V ac Auto ranging D C A C Power 25 W steady state 27 W 50W maximum Requirements maximum Power Consumption 5 5 Volt 2 0 A steady state 2 5 A N A Bus maximum 12 5 Volt 0 8 A steady state 1 5 A N A Bus maximum Communication SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended interface or differential with a separate or differential with a separate SCSI LUN ID for the mini SCSI LUN ID for the mini library and tape drive library and tape drive MTBF 80 000 hours 80 000 hours Voltage measured at the power bus connector pins DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape S
248. ss the bus This disconnecting is configurable by use of the Disconnect Reconnect Mode Parameters page DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 1 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 2 2 Initiator Target Operation The DLT4000 drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus Therefore the device will not do any of the following e Generate unsolicited interrupts to the host e Initiate its own SCSI commands e Assert bus reset 8 2 3 SCSI IDs and Logical Unit Numbers LUNs The DLT4000 drive with optional medium changer has two logical units The tape drive will always appear as LUN 0 The medium changer defaults to appearing as LUN 1 but may be configured via the MODE SELECT command to any LUN from 0 to 7 Refer to MODE SELECT section in this chapter Unsupported LUNs will be treated as follows If the LUN specified in the IDENTIFY message is invalid the DLT4000 drive accepts the Command Descriptor Block CDB There are three cases of what happens next 1 Ifthe command is INQUIRY the target returns the INQUIRY data with the peripheral qualifier set to 011 indicating that the target will never support the LUN in question 2 If the command is REQUEST SENSE the target returns sense data The sense key is ILLEGAL REQUEST with an additional sense code of INVALID Logical Unit Number 3 For any other command the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status and generate the above Sense Data 8 2 DLT4000 DLT4
249. sseeeeesaee 8 3 8 2 5 Behavior Around Power On and SCSI Bus Reset eeseeeeseeeeeeeeteeee 8 3 8 2 6 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction eee eeeeeeeseeeeeceesneeeeseeeesaee 8 4 8 2 7 Other SCSI Functionality cassure tne E A A E ns 8 4 8 2 9 Bus Phases s scscsst tect natans lbs ea ae Ea EAO E a TRE REESE EEST avs EEEE 8 4 8 2 9 ATTENTION Signal Response ssseseeeeeeeeesesesrreriseressrrsereseresereserererese 8 4 8 210 STATUS phase seios to r ne due ee a Ee a Ee EE EKE EEKE E ENEE E atA 8 5 CAAA BUS BREE EEEN N EO O E ONE AEE EN 8 6 8 2 12 BUS PARITY ERRORS oaa E E Ea EESE 8 6 3 SCSE Message Syste E E E 8 8 8 4 Tape Drive SCSI Commands sseesseeereeseeeseeserssrrsrersrerereserereresereseresereserese 8 14 8 4 1 Control Byte Flag and Link Bits eee eee eeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeessneeseneeeeee 8 14 8 4 2 Summary of Supported Sequential Access Device Commands 8 15 x DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 84 3 ERASE 19h a nisiciesestezosadasieaustel a a E a A Ri 8 16 8 4 4 INQUIRY 12h nennen hen e aa e e a ie eri 8 17 8 4 4 1 Drive Inquiry Response esceeeceeeseecsseeceeseeeesseesseeesaeesseessneees 8 18 8 4 4 2 Vendor Unique Inquiry sseeeseeeeeeeeesesererereseerersressrerssereseresrreseeess 8 21 8 4 4 3 Vital Product Data Pages 0 eeeeeeeeecesseecesneeceseeeeseeeesaeecseeesaeers 8 23 8 4 4 4 Media Loader Inquiry Response eeseccesseeeeeeessneeseneeeeseeeesaee 8 24 8 4
250. sssccsvvccceeensvescvcseeens 2 2 DLT4000 Rear Panel eeecccceeecceceeccceeeescseeeseees 2 3 Changing the SCSI ID via the Pushbutton Switchpack 2 4 Rear Panel Components eee eeeseeeeeseeeeeesneeeeeeeee 3 1 DLT4000 Drive Connectors 0 00 eeeeeeseeesseeeeneeeeeeeeeee 3 2 SCSI ID Connector Pins eeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeee 3 3 Jumper Positions 00 0 0 eee eeseeeeseecesereeeeeeesaeeseseeesneeeeee 3 4 DLT4000 Jumper Setting for TRM PWR eee 3 5 DLT4000 Rear Connectors 2 0 0 eeeseeeeeesseeeeeeeees 3 6 DLT4000 Indicators eee eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneecsneeeseeeeee 3 7 Tape Cartridge ennn r e TE eines 3 8 Loading a Cartridge eee eeeesseeceseeeeseneeeseeseeesseeeeee 3 9 Unloading a Cartridge eee eeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeneeeseeeeee 4 1 Front of the DLT4500 mini library eee eee eee 4 2 Mini Library Rear Panel Component e eeeeeees 4 3 Loosening the Shipping Screw eeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeeeee 4 4 Rotate the Locking Levet c cceesesseeeeeeetteeeeneeeees 4 5 Mini Library Operator Control Panel eeeeeeeeeeee 4 6 Normal Mode Field Definition 2 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeee 4 8 Density Mode Field Definition 0 eee eeeeeeneeeeeeee 4 9 Firmware Update Mode Field Definition 0 4 10 Write Protect Switch on a Cartridge eee eeeeeees 4 11 DLT4500 Magazine 0 ee eee eeseceseeeeeeeeesneecneeesaeers 4 12 Inserting a Cartridge into the Magazine eee 4
251. st has allocated for returned MODE SENSE data An Allocation Length of zero means that the drive will return no MODE SENSE data This is not considered an error and GOOD status is returned DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 73 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 1 MODE SENSE Parameter List The MODE SENSE 6 data contains a 4 byte header followed by one 8 byte block descriptor followed by zero or more variable length pages depending on the Page Code and the Allocation Length Bit 2 Buffered Mode Speed 0 3 Block Descriptor Length 08h Figure 8 45 MODE SENSE 6 Data Header The MODE SENSE 10 data contains an 8 byte header followed by one 8 byte block descriptor followed by zero or more variable length pages The MODE SENSE 10 data header format is as follows Bit eee Si iO tae Ae fae eae a0 Mode Sense Data Length LSB Media Type Buffered Mode Speed 0 Reserved Block Descriptor Length 8 LSB Ae z n Byte 6 MSB Figure 8 46 MODE SENSE 10 Data Header 8 74 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Bit 7 dse b h b k h o Density Code Page Code ao o Additional Page Length B Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes Figure 8 48 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor Data Length The Sense Data Length specifies the length in bytes of the following MODE SENSE data that is available to be transferred during DATA IN phase T
252. system Chapter 1 Overview and Features of the DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Product 1 1 In This Chapter Chapter 1 includes the following main topics and sections Topic Section Product Overview 1 2 Fast Data Transfer Rate 1 3 High Capacity 1 4 Compaction 1 5 Strong Media 1 6 Compatibility 1 7 Firmware Update Capability 1 8 Embedded Diagnostics 1 9 1 2 Product Overview The DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem is a high performance high capacity streaming cartridge tape product designed for use on midrange and high end computing systems Using data compression and compaction the DLT4000 drive features a formatted capacity of 40 GB and a sustained user data transfer rate of 3 0 MB s The DLT4000 drive is a 5 1 4 inch form factor half inch tape drive The design includes a dual channel read write head Lempel Ziv DLZ high efficiency data compression and tape mark directory to maximize data throughput and minimize data access time The DLT4500 Subsystem is a tape mini library that performs automatic tape operations The DLT4500 mini library includes a high capacity tape drive and a 5 cartridge SCSI 2 medium changer device loader With a typical load unload cycle time of 20 sec the mini library can provide unattended backup of 100 GB in about 11 hours The DLT4700 Subsystem is a tape mini library that performs automatic tape operations The DLT4700 mini library includes the tape drive and a 7 cartridge SCSI 2 medium
253. t Criteriays c 2 c 8ta jiaieii iin idee a e aiats 8 40 8 24 Last n Error Events Pagen soiree n eke EEE EENE EE ET es 8 41 8 25 Parameter Codes Supported oansein e A a A 8 42 8 26 Read Write Compression Ratio Page Header eee eeseeeeseeeeseeeeneeeeneees 8 42 8 27 Read Write Compression Ratio LOG SENSE Page Format 8 43 8 28 Read Write Bytes Transferred LOG SENSE Page Format eee 8 44 8 29 MODE SELECT CDB ee eee ree r one tuts dates ous aeea aea srap Saee 8 46 8 30 MODE SELECT Parameter List eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeererreserteeresrresereseresreees 8 47 8 31 MODE SELECT Pages Supported eseeseeseseseeereseresseressrseresrrrsrresreesreesee 8 50 8 32 Error Recovery Page Format seessesesseesesresserereesreeserrerssreersereessrreeseseresee 8 51 8 33 Disconnect Reconnect Page Format csccesecessseessseeceesecsneeesseeeesaeessneers 8 53 8 34 Data Transfer Disconnect Control 0 0 eeeeeesceeeseeeesneesseesseeseseeeesaeessaeers 8 54 8 37 Control Mode Page OAN e ec eeesseceessnceeceeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeessaeaeeneanees 8 56 8 38 Data Compression Page ecccescccsssecesscesssececeeecsseeeesaeecsaeecseeesseaeecsaeesaeers 8 58 8 35 Device Configuration Page Format ceeseseseseseeecesseeesseesneecsaeesseeene 8 60 8 36 Medium Partition Page Format ces eeeeeesecsseeceeseecsneesaeecsneecsseeeesaeeees 8 63 8 39 EEROM Vendor Unique Page Format ecceecceeseeceseeecesneeceeeceees
254. te On Off Blinking On On Remains on after you unload the cleaning tape After cleaning turns on again when you reload the data cartridge Off On Off Blinking Blinking Operating Condition Tape is write protected Tape is write enabled Tape is moving Tape is loaded ready for use Drive head needs cleaning or the tape is bad Section 3 8 Cleaning tape attempted to clean the drive head but the tape expired so cleaning was not done Problem data cartridge Try another cartridge Cleaning is complete or cleaning is unnecessary Okay to operate the cartridge insert release handle Do not operate the cartridge insert release handle Close handle and wait for a steady green indication before inserting cartridge POST is starting An error has occurred See Table 2 4 DLT4000 Troubleshooting Chart DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 3 15 Configuring and Operating the DLT4000 Basic Tape Drive Table 3 2 Determining the Drive s Operating Condition cont d Label Color Indicator Left Front Panel 2 6 Yellow 6 0 Yellow 10 0 15 0 Yellow 20 0 Yellow Compress Yellow Density Override Yellow All four right side or all left side indicators State On Blinking On Blinking On default Blinking On default Blinking On Off On Off default Blinking Blinking Operating Condition Tape is recorded in 2 6 GB format Tap
255. ter four reconstructed Run POST test updated page s 4 8 Description of tape cartridge updated page s 4 20 Figure 5 2 upgraded page s 5 6 Table 5 1 upgraded page s 5 11 Table 5 2 upgraded page s 5 14 Table 7 1 added page s 7 4 Table 7 1 consolidated page s 7 8 CAUTION message added page s 7 9 Table 8 1 modified page s 8 8 Table 8 2 modified page s 8 15 Figure 8 6 modified page s 8 21 Product Family description and table added page s 8 22 Density Code updated page s 8 49 Table 8 3 additions and modifications page s 8 65 and 8 67 Tables A 1 A 5 A 8 A 9 A 10 A 12 A 16 A 17 A 20 and A30 modifications page s A 3 A 11 A 13 A 14 A 15 A 17 A 18 A 23 Altitude modified A 14 xxvi DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Preface To the Reader QUANTUM makes every effort to ensure the accuracy of information However some errors may have been introduced inadvertently they will be corrected in the next release QUANTUM recognizes that some users may require additional content We welcome your feedback and your suggestions for enhancements and we will evaluate your input for a future release Please send your comments to Technical Publication Quantum Corporation 333 South Street Shrewsbury MA 01545 Purpose of This Manual This manual introduces the DLT 4000 DLT 4500 DLT 4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem and describes operating procedures code updat
256. tes in that page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If the page length does not match that expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive also returns a CHECK CONDITION status with an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key if the host sends an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In this case no parameters will be changed by the command 8 50 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 3 Read Write Error Recovery Page 01h The drive supports the Error Recovery Page which has the following format Bit I ED To eso o ____ Pacecoeom Additional Page Length an E 2 sa sa T rw cer Per ore ocr Byte EE Read Retry Count E e S E wie rewy coum id Oe Figure 8 32 Error Recovery Page Format In this page only the Post Error PER flag parameter is changeable If PER is set Check Conditions will be created with Sense Key of Recovered Error and VU Sense Data detailing the cause Normally these events should be rare and only occur if the recovered write or read retry rates reach excessive levels Option Flags TB The Transfer Block when not fully recovered function is not supported EER The Enable Early Recovery function is always enabled PER T
257. this means the update was unsuccessful The subsystem should still be usable but this depends on why the update failed Reasons for failure could be 1 Power failure 2 Bad image on the tape 3 Broken Flash EEPROMs Table 7 1 gives additional details Table 7 1 Results DLT4000 Code Update If Then The image is valid 1 The flash EEPROM containing the current firmware is erased 2 The new image is programmed in The subsystem completes the update in about 2 minutes Then e The tape drive resets itself e POST takes place e The drive automatically unloads the tape cartridge containing the firmware image so you can remove the cartridge This shows a successful firmware update 7 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Firmware Update From Tape Table 7 1 Results DLT4000 Code Update Cont d If Then 1 The tape is NOT a valid No update is attempted The Write Protect firmware update tape and Tape In Use indicators do not blink The 2 The tape does not contain a drive resets and the tape stays loaded to signal valid image the firmware update was unsuccessful The tape contains a valid The controller is probably unusable and needs image but to be replaced The tape drive resets itself and for some reason the reruns POST which fails if flash memory reprogramming flash memory does not contain a valid image fails 7 4 2 Updating the Firmware on the DLT4500 Drive and Loader Configurati
258. tion Chapter 5 includes these main topics and sections Topic Section Introduction to the Media Loader 5 2 Configure the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 3 Mode Select Key 5 4 Selecting Density 5 5 Operator Control Panel OCP 5 6 Power On Process 5 7 Slot Select Load Unload and Eject Button 5 8 Functions Magazine 5 9 5 2 Introduction to the Mini Library The mini library option includes a DLT4000 tape drive a media loader and a 7 cartridge removable magazine The same SCSI target controller board controls the tape drive and the media loader The tape drive is always LUN 0 If the controller detects the loader s presence when the system is turned on the loader is presented as a SCSI 2 medium changer device on LUN 1 The SCSI 2 medium changer commands allow 1 Random access to the media stored in the magazine slots 2 Sequential access of the media supported automatically in auto loading mode DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 1 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Auto loading is implemented as a side effect of the SCSI UNLOAD command Pez And Then An unload is A media loaderis After winding the tape back into specified present the cartridge and moving the cartridge from the drive to the magazine slot from which it came the cartridge in the next slot is moved from the magazine into the drive and made ready The next slot is No cartridge is loaded into the empty or the drive cart
259. tion Code 05h ji Figure 8 58 READ BLOCK LIMITS CDB READ BLOCK LIMITS tells the drive to return its limits for block length The READ BLOCK LIMITS data shown below is sent during the DATA IN phase of the command The command does not reflect the currently selected block size only the available limits MODE SENSE returns the current block size Bit a ee e Maximum Block Length Byte Minimum Block Length 0001h Figure 8 59 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Maximum Block Length This field indicates the maximum block size The device supports a maximum block length of 16 777 215 bytes 16 MB 1 for the 10 GB or 20 GB format A maximum block length of 256 K bytes is supported for 2 6 GB or 6 0 GB formats Minimum Block Size This field indicates the minimum block size The device supports a minimum block length of 1 byte DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 93 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 READ BUFFER 3Ch a SA a EE Operation Code 3Ch Buffer ID Byte Reserved o E Reserved Reserved Figure 8 60 READ BUFFER CDB READ BUFFER is used in conjunction with WRITE BUFFER as a diagnostic function for testing the drive s data buffer and the SCSI bus integrity Mode The drive supports the following values within the field If any nonsupported value is set the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status and an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Mode Description 000b
260. tions density select 4 19 Switch functions SCSI ID Select 4 18 tabletop 2 9 Tape Cartridge 3 17 4 24 Tape Cartridge positioning the write protect switch 4 24 Tape drive SCSI commands 8 14 Tape leader 6 4 Tape writing to 8 4 Technical Specifications A 1 Temperature Environmental specifications A 14 TEST UNIT READY 8 122 Top View A 10 Transport geometry parameters page 8 137 Troubleshooting chart 4 10 DLT4000 2 11 DLT4500 4 9 Troubleshooting guide 6 1 U Unit Attention condition 8 3 Unload button 3 12 Unloading a cartridge diagram to follow 3 24 procedure 3 24 Unloading cartridge from the drive 4 32 Updating firmware on a Standalone system 7 2 Using a cartridge 3 22 Vendor Unique Inquiry Vendor Unique Inquiry 8 21 VERIFY 8 123 Vibration and shock requirements environmental specifications A 16 Vital product data pages 8 23 WwW WRITE 8 124 WRITE BUFFER 8 126 Write data 8 127 WRITE FILEMARKS 8 129 Write protect switch 4 24 diagram 4 25 positioning 3 17 4 24 5 22 write enabling 3 19 4 25 5 21 write protecting 3 19 4 25 5 21 6 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Index DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 Index 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem
261. tly supported for this field is 10h NOTE Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the DLT4000 drive to return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Illegal Request 5h DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 59 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 9 7 Device Configuration Page 10h The drive supports the Device Configuration Page which has the following format Bit gt ee Se I0 o sol o ece Ee Additional Page Length a Paes car oe eroa ore e SSS Parton CCS Pa te Ber Fut aio Hs E MSB Write Delay Time LSB e e e e e o o E ee Buffer Size at Early Warning optional Select Data Compression Algorithm Figure 8 37 Device Configuration Page Format In this page only the Write Delay Time and Select Data Compression Algorithm parameters are changeable PS Must be zero CAP CAF Active Format These fields are not supported and must be zero on MODE SELECT 8 60 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface Active Partition Only partition 0 is supported Setting this field to any other value will be rejected by the drive with a CHECK CONDITION status and the ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Write Buffer Full Ratio and Read Buffer Empty Ratio These indicate how full empty the buffer memory should be before restarting the writing reading of the media The DLT4000 drive will set these fields to zero unused because it uses an automati
262. tridge Tape Subsystem 6 3 Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 4 Avoiding Basic Problems Follow these guidelines when you operate the DLT4500 DLT4700 mini library to avoid basic problems e Use only DLTtape II DLTtape IMxt or DLTtape IV cartridges e Check the tape leader in the cartridge by lifting the cartridge latch that opens the door to expose the leader Be sure the leader is in the same position as the one shown in Figure 6 1 CAUTION Do not touch the exposed magnetic tape If the tape leader is not in the correct position use a new cartridge e Be sure the receiver is fully closed and the current slot indicator is on for the starting cartridge e Be sure no slots in the magazine are empty between the starting cartridge and the expected completion cartridge Cartridge Leade 3 Door Lock Release by lifting door lock with thumb Figure 6 1 Opening the Cartridge Door to Check the Tape Leader 6 4 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Troubleshooting Guide for the DLT4500 DLT4700 Mini Library 6 5 DLT4500 Error Conditions Error indications fall into these main categories e Magazine Error e Loader Error e Drive Error e Controller Error e Unknown Error 6 5 1 DLT4500 Magazine Error The ERR MAG message displays the status of cartridges reported by the loader and drive is inconsistent In some magazine errors the mini library retries the error three times befor
263. tridge Tape Subsystem 8 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 10 5 Control Mode Page OAh The Control Mode Page allows you to determine whether the DLT4000 drive will return Check Condition status when one of its write and read error counters reaches a specified threshold Bit a a ed A o s e o S m MSB Ready AEN Holdoff Period LSB Figure 8 52 Control Mode Page 0Ah Page Code The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SENSE page being transferred The value returned for the Page Code is OAh Control Mode Page Page Length The Page Length indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode Page that follow this byte The value returned for this byte is 06h RLEC Report Log Exception Condition The RLEC bit indicates whether the DLT4000 drive should return Check Condition status with the sense key set to Unit Attention 6h when one of its write and read error counters reaches a specified threshold as follows 0 Do not return Unit Attention when a threshold condition is met 1 Return Unit Attention when a threshold condition is met Queue Algorithm Modifier The value returned for this field is 0 QErr Queue Error The value returned for this field is 0 DQue Disable Queuing The value returned for this field is 0 8 82 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem EECA Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance returned for this field is 0 RAENP Ready AEN Permission value returned for this field
264. ts Figure 4 11 DLT4500 Magazine 4 26 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 11 1 Inserting a Cartridge into the Front of the Magazine Before cartridge insertion 1 Grasp the cartridge with the write protect switch on the right side facing you 2 Set the cartridge s write protect switch to the desired position If you want to Then Write to the tape Slide the switch to the right orange indicator is not visible Write protect the tape Slide the switch to the left orange indicator is visible DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 27 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Figure 4 12 Inserting a Cartridge into the Magazine To insert a cartridge into the magazine Figure 4 12 Place the magazine on a flat surface with the slots facing you Each slot is numbered to ensure you are inserting the cartridge correctly in the front of the magazine Usually cartridges are inserted into consecutive slots Insert the cartridge by pushing it into the slot until you hear a click Notice a small metal tab This holds the cartridge in place 4 28 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library Figure 4 13 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine 4 11 2 Removing a Cartridge from the Magazine To remove a cartridge from the magazine Figure 4 13 At the front of the magazin
265. u selected this density for a write from BOT only in DLTtape III for 10 0 format and only in DLTtape IIIxt for 15 0 format Indicates tape drive activity as follows On steady tape is recorded in 20 0 GB format Blinking tape is recorded in another density You selected this density for a write from BOT only in DLTtape IV 5 14 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Table 5 2 DLT4700 Operator Control Panel Cont d Button Indicator Color Function Compress Yellow Indicates tape drive activity as follows e On Compression mode enabled Compression can be done in 10 0 15 0 20 0 GB density only e OffCompression mode disabled DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 5 15 Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library 5 7 Power On Process CAUTION Before applying power verify the DLT4700 mini library is set see the label on the mini library rear panel for the available ac supply voltage 5 16 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Configuring and Operating the DLT4700 Mini Library Table 5 3 explains what happens during each phase of the DLT4700 mini library operation Table 5 3 Loader Power On Self Test Phase What Happens 1 When you power on the DLT4700 mini library the Loader Fault and Power On indicators on the loader OCP are on One second later all indicators are on Within 15 seconds POST of the l
266. ubsystem A 3 Technical Specifications A 2 2 DLT4500 Mini library Physical specifications Table A 2 lists the key physical specifications for the DLT4500 mini library Table A 2 DLT4500 Mini Library Physical Specifications Description Height Width Length Weight Environmental temperature Operating Nonoperating Humidity Operating Nonoperating Certifications EMI Safety Maximum number of cartridges Electrical rating Auto ranging AC power requirements Communication interface Cycle time Rack Mount 295 mm 11 6 in 414 mm 16 3 in 259 mm 10 2 in 12 kg 27 lb 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards 5 100 to 240 V ac 45 W maximum SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or differential with a separate SCSI LUN ID for the mini library and tape drive 20 s maximum Cable length not included Table Top 300 mm 11 8 in 414 mm 16 3 in 267 mm 10 5 in 15 9 kg 35 Ib 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F 40 C to 66 C 40 F to 150 8 F 20 to 80 noncondensing 10 to 95 Meets CEmark Class A VCCi Class 1 CISPR 22 Class A FCC Class A devices Meets UL CSA TUV BG MARK and IEC standards 5 100 to 240 V ac 45 W maximum SCSI 2 bus 8 bits single ended or differential with a separat
267. ult Density 20 GB 30 GB 40 GB at Compression If you did not use the front panel density select mode or programmable host selection the selection becomes the default density of 20 GB Compress using a DLTtape III 30 GB Compress using a DLTtape IIIxt or 40 GB compress when using a DLTtape IV DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsytem 4 23 Configuring and Operating the DLT4500 Mini Library 4 10 Description of the Tape Cartridge The DLTtape IV tape cartridge is a 4 inch black plastic cartridge containing 1800 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape The DLTtape III tape cartridge is a 4 inch gray plastic cartridge containing 1100 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape The DLTtape IIIxt tape cartridge is a 4 inch white plastic cartridge containing 1800 feet of 1 2 inch magnetic metal particle tape 4 10 1 Cartridge Write Protect Switch The tape cartridge has a write protect switch to prevent accidental erasure of data Before you load the tape cartridge into the drive position the write protect switch on the front of the cartridge Figure 4 10 The switch can move to the e Left so the cartridge is write protected e Right so the cartridge is write enabled When you slide the switch to the left the small orange rectangle is visible This indicates data cannot be written to the tape The arrow beneath the orange rectangle and over the two lines on the write protect switch lets you know that data cannot b
268. until they are written This section defines specific times that blocks are written to the tape A Mode Select parameter allows the data cache to be disabled unbuffered mode In this mode every WRITE command will cause the data to be written to the media before the STATUS byte and the COMMAND COMPLETE message is returned to the host Unbuffered mode is not recommended due to the poor performance that will result NOTE Unbuffered mode is not recommended due to the poor performance that will result The write data cache are written flushed to the media under the following circumstances e When two or more WRITE FILEMARKS commands are issued without intervening tape motion commands the immediate bit is set e Whena WRITE 0 FILEMARKS command is issued e Data in the cache longer than specified by the value of the Mode Parameter Write Delay Time is automatically written to media e When a nonwrite type media access command is received for example SPACE READ UNLOAD 8 2 7 Other SCSI Functionality 1 Linked commands are supported 2 Untagged queuing is supported 8 2 8 Bus Phases The DLT4000 drive conforms to the bus state transition table shown in the SCSI 2 standard Phase Sequences The information in the following sections also applies 8 2 9 ATTENTION Signal Response The DLT4000 drive will respond to an ATN condition at least at every phase transition as long as the initiator sets the ATN bit before the
269. ure Range 10 to 40 C Wet Bulb Temperature 25 C Temperature Gradient 11 C h across the range Temperature Shock 10 C over two minutes Relative Humidity 20 to 80 noncondensing Humidity Gradient 10 h A 14 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Table A 9 lists the power on ranges Table A 9 Power on Ranges No Tape Loaded Unpacked Dry Bulb Temperature Range Wet Bulb Temperature Temperature gradient Temperature shock Relative humidity Humidity gradient 24 hours 10 to 40 C 25 C 15 C h across the range 15 C over two minutes 10 to 90 10 h Table A 10 lists the storage ranges Table A 10 Storage Ranges Unpacked or Packed Dry Bulb Temperature Range Wet Bulb Temperature Temperature gradient Temperature shock Relative humidity Humidity gradient 40 to 66 C 46 C 20 C h with 5 margin across the range 15 C with 5 margin over two minutes 10 to 95 noncondensing 10 h Table A 11 lists the shipment ranges Table A 11 Shipment Ranges Dry Bulb Temperature Range Wet Bulb Temperature Temperature gradient Temperature shock Relative humidity Humidity gradient A 7 2 Altitude 40 to 66 C 46 C 25 C h with 5 margin across the range 15 C with 5 margin over two minutes 10 to 95 noncondensing 10 h The tape drive operates in normal pressures from 500 to 30 000 feet DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A
270. ust also have marks showing certification by an agency acceptable in the country 3 The connector at the product end must be an IEC type CEE 22 female connector 4 The cord must be no longer than 14 5 feet 4 5 meters NOTE The power cord should be a minimum of 18 3 AWG 60 C Type SJT or SVT A 8 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Figure A 1 shows the different AC power cord plug configurations for 115V and 220V 240V usage Figure A 1 Power Cords DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 9 Technical Specifications A 5 DLT4000 Tape Drive Mounting Hole Descriptions Figure A 2 shows the mounting holes and dimensions in a top view of the DLT4000 drive 5 500 5 700 139 29 144 78 u 2 54 3 125 1 875 79 38 47 63 Figure A 2 Mounting Hole Dimensions Top View Tape drive width and height are standard 5 1 4 inch disk drive form factor measurements Both dimensions hold tolerances of 0 020 inches Depth dimensions have tolerances of 00 0 040 in A 10 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Technical Specifications Figure A 3 shows the mounting holes and dimensions in a side view of the DLT4000 drive 9 600 243 84 9 000 228 60 25 8X 6 32UNC 2B 6 4 FULL THREAD 3 40 3 250 82 55 86 4 820 20 83 i Sas sees 3 125 1 875 79 38 47 63 Figure A 3 Mounting Hole Dimensions Si
271. which fails fails if the Flash memory does not contain a valid image CAUTION Never turn off power if you think the firmware is being updated Doing so can damage the controller DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 17 Firmware Update From Tape 7 18 DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem Chapter 8 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 1 Overview This chapter details the SCSI Protocol features the DLT4000 drive implements The following sections do not fully reiterate the ANSI SCSI messages options and command code specifications but describe the supported commands messages and options supported and the error recovery procedures 8 2 General SCSI Bus Operation 8 2 1 Data Transfer The DLT4000 drive supports asynchronous and synchronous data transfers The product has differential and single ended versions Odd parity is generated during all information transfer phases where the device writes data to the SCSI bus and checked during all information transfer phases where data is read from the bus Parity checking can be disabled Refer to Chapter 2 for details NOTE The SCSI specification referrers to mini libraries as medium changers where as Quantum uses the term mini libraries throughout this manual The DLT4000 drive supports a maximum block size of 1 Byte to 16 MBytes Disconnects from the SCSI bus will be done at regular intervals during a data transfer This allows other devices to acce
272. ystem DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 6 LOCATE 2Bh Bit gt A 0 o Operation Code 2Bh Byte Reserved 7 Figure 8 11 LOCATE CDB The LOCATE command is used to do high speed positioning to the specified block address Average positioning time is about 45 seconds maximum time is under 90 seconds The READ POSITION command can be used to obtain the block address when Writing where particular blocks of data for example a data file are about to be written Then the LOCATE command can be used to position back to the same logical position for high performance restore operations of particular blocks of data e BT The Block Type bit indicates how the Block Address field is interpreted For the DLT4000 products SCSI Logical Block addresses are always returned that is setting the BT bit does not affect the values returned The first recorded object block or filemark is at address zero and Block Addresses count both data blocks and filemarks e CP Since multiple partitions are not supported this bit must be zero e Imm If set STATUS is returned when the command has been started Block Address The Block Address field defines the SCSI Logical Block Address to which the media will be positioned These addresses start at zero and include data blocks and filemarks so they could also be considered an object address DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 27 DLT4000 SCSI Interface 8 4 7 LOG SELEC
273. yte header followed by one 8 byte block descriptor Reserved Media Type Buffered Mode Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter List Figure 8 30 MODE SELECT Parameter List Media Type This field is ignored by MODE SELECT command Buffered Mode The drive will implement Immediate Reporting on WRITE commands through Buffered mode If the field is zero then the drive does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written to tape If the Buffered Mode field is one then the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer This is the default configuration for the drive When Buffered mode is not used the tape drive will suffer a significant degradation in performance and maybe capacity as well depending on tape format block size and DLT4000 DLT4500 DLT4700 Cartridge Tape Subsystem 8 47 DLT4000 SCSI Interface compression If writing 2 6 or 6 0 GByte formats if the block size is a multiple of 4 Kbytes there is no capacity loss When using the 10 GByte or 20 GByte format if compression is disabled and the block size is a multiple of 8 Kbytes there is no capacity loss When using the 10 20 GByte format and compression enabled not having buffered mode enabled will cause some capacity loss depending on compression ratios This is because the block packing feature is essentially disabled by turning off buffered mode If this field i

Quantum DLT4500 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents